Skip to main content

Full text of "Catalog no. 607"

CATALOG 607 



AMERICAN GAS FURNACE CO. 

ELIZABETH, B, NEW JERSEY 




INTERNATIONAL 



Digitized by 

The Association for Preservation Technology International 

For the 

Building Technology Heritage Library 

http://archive.orq /deta ils/buildinatechnoloavheritaqelibrary 






-4^,c M, Ukc; 



C3 
O X 

-I UJ 

Si 

o 



Catalog 



-■< 



No. 607 




AMERICAN GAS FURNACE CO. 

ELIZABETH - - NEW JERSEY 



COPYRIGHT 1959 
AMERICAN GAS FURNACE CO. 



CO 

UJ 
UJ O 
CO < 

=> z 

I- DC 

3 



UJ < 

QC z 



CO 

i o 

5 w 




Questionnaire 



In submitting your inquiry your cooperation in giving us the information 
requested in this questionnaire will be appreciated. 



1. Process 

a. Hardening 

b. Tempering 

c. Annealing 

d. Normalizing 

e. Carburizing 

f. Nitriding 

g. Ni-Carbing 
h 



8. Aut. Tern. Control 

a. Make 

b. Type 

c. Current 



9. Thermocouple 

a. Kind ....... 

b. Diameter. . . 

c. Location. . . 



2. Work 

a. Size 

b. Weight. 



3. Material Type 

a. Steel 

b. Brass 



AVAILABLE 

10. Fuel, Kind 

a. B.T.U 

b. Pressure 



11. Air 

a. Pressure. 

b. Vol 



REQUIRED 

4. Production 

a. Lbs./hr 

b. Operating hr./day 

5. Temperature 

a. Max 

b. Min 



6. Heating Time 

a. To Heat. . . 

b. Soak .... . 



7. Quench 
a. Oil... 



12. Elec. AC. .DC. 

Volts 

Cycles 

Phases 

No. of wires . . 



13. Floor Space 



14. Labor 

Type. 



./hr. 



15. Present Method 

a. Cost 

b. Details in report. . . 

16. Proposed Method 



.Water. 



Page ii 




C3 
O X 



AC 

'E 



Foreword 

T^OUNDED in 1878, the American Gas Furnace 
*- Company conceived and manufactured the first 
air-gas-fired* heating appliances. Today, we con- 
tinue to supply modern equipment for using gas in 
the heating processes and present in this catalog 
a complete line of furnaces and burners ; equipment 
that not only performs the heating operations 
required of it but in addition does it in the shortest 
possible time with the minimum of gas. As a result 
considerable saving in time, money and labor is 
possible. 



"1 

3 W 


1 


g s 


* CJ 

it 

u. 




62 


J 

i 

I 

c 



is 



CO 1 

> fc !^ 

o * I 

1 H Z 

o iu oc: 
t oc ~ 



The following pages briefly tell the story of the many 
products manufactured. It is hoped that they will 
assist you in selecting equipment which will more 
efficiently serve your present needs and which may be 
best adapted to your new requirements as they arise. 
A. G. F. engineers stand ready to give you the benefit 
of their experience at all times. 

P. C. OSTERMAN 

President 



il 



w 
hi 

uj o 

DO < 

3 Z 
H OC 

3 



*The principle (using air under positive pressure to entrain the gas) upon 
which to this day the overwhelming majority of all gas-fired industrial 
furnaces are operated. 





<J 




J- 


£ « ' 


O uj 


H O 


UJ < 


cc z 


-1 % 1 


-1 p 


LJ ^ 




00 



page hi 




'"pHIS catalog brings to your attention only standardized 
A burners, furnaces, and heating machines. 

It has not been possible to include the many special designs 
which we have built in more than 80 years of service to industry ; 
therefore may we suggest that you consult us before deciding on 
new equipment. One of the specials may be better adapted to 
your needs than a standard. 

Our engineers and years of experience are at your service. 



YOUR A.G.F. REPRESENTATIVE IS: 



Page iv 



~ 




: 



Product 
Index 



< => 




Product Index 



Air Blowers 163-165 

All Purpose Forges 110-111 

Aluminum Melters 124, 123 

Ammonia Dissociator 75-78 

Annealing Furnaces and Machines 

Box Type 88-96 

Conveyor Belt 26-28 

Flame Type 32-34 

Muffle Type 55, 58-61 

Retort Type 48-52, 69-74 

Rotary Retort 

Batch Type 41-46 

Continuous Type 19-20 

Shaker Hearth 10 

Assay Furnaces 53 

Atmosphere Gas Mixing Cabinet 167 

Automatic Quenching Tanks 35-40 

Automatic Temperature Control Equipment 171 

Ball Joints 146 

Bell Oven Furnaces 57 

Bell Retort Furnaces 69-74 

Bench Forges 107-111 

Blowers, Turbo 163-165 

Blowpipes, Hand 

Air -Gas 127-129 

On and Off 128 

Oxygen -Gas . ■ 141 

Blowpipes, Stand 127, 129 

Boosters, Gas 165 

Box Type Furnaces 
(See Furnaces, Oven) 

Brass Melters . ■ 123 

Brazing Furnaces • ■ 55-61, 68-74 

Burner Accessories .... 146 

Burner Manifolds 146 

Burner Tunnels 154 

Burners 

Blast 130, 132 

Fishtail 

Air-Gas - 134, 135 

Oxygen -Gas ■ 140 

Flame Retention . . 130 

Furnace 149-153 

Glass Fire 136 

Insert 142 

Machlet Tip 131, 132 

Open Flame 130 

Oxygen-Gas 140-142 

Ribbon 133, 134 

Ring 145 

Round Blast 132 

Tell-Tale 172 

Bushings, Burner 154 

Calcining Furnaces 

Rotary Retort, Batch 41-46 

Rotary Retort, Continuous 19-20 

Carburizers 

Continuous (Light Case) 1-10 

Rotary Retort (Batch Type) .41-44 

Rotary Retort (Continuous Type) 11-21 

Vertical Retort (See also Bell Retort Furnaces) .47-52, 45 

Cement, Furnace 174 

Cocks & Valves. . 175 

Combination Oxygen- Air-Gas Venturi Mixer 144 

Compressed Air Reduction Equipment 148, 166 

Compressors, Turbo 163-165 

Continuous Furnaces 

Reciprocating (Shaker Hearth) 1-10 

Rotary Retort 11-21 

(See also Furnaces, Conveyor) 
Control Valves 173 



PAGE V 



- Z ■! 

< * I 



O UJ DC 






UJ o 
GO < 
3 Z 



O uj 

t- o 

A 

UJ U. 
00 







Product Index (Cont'd) 

Controlled Atmosphere Muffle Furnaces 

Batch Type 41 _ 61 69 _ 74 

(Continuous j _2g 

Conveyor Furnaces and Machines 22-34 

Cross Fires 137 

Cutlery Forges. . U5 

Cyanide Furnaces 97-105 

Cylindrical Furnaces 

Horizontal 53.^ 

Vertical , 79 gQ 

Diamond Block Furnaces 81-8S 

Dissociator, Ammonia 75-78 

Double Entrance Oven Furnaces " % 

Fire Checks 142 

Fishtail Burners 

£*- G * s ^ 135, 134 

i7i 0xy 1 ^ n " Gas 140 

Flow Meters 168 169 
Forges 

All Purpose 1 10 |j| 

Bench '.'.".'.".'. V. '.'.'. 107-109 

Cutlery 1 15 

Double Entrance 107-111, 1U, 115 

Heavy Duty 1 14 

Regular H3 

Van Stoning 115 

Furnace Burner Selection 150 161 

Furnace Burners 149-153 

Furnace Cement ... 174 

Furnace Table 86 87 

Furnaces 

Assay 53 

Bell Retort 69-74 

Conveyor 22-34 

Conveyor, Mesh Belt 72-78 

Cylindrical 

Horizontal 53.58 

Vertical 79 80 

Diamond Block 81-85 

Direct Flame Heating Conveyorized 32-34 

High Speed 81-85 

Muffle 

g atch 53-61 

N* C & ntim ^°u 1 1 " 10 * 22 " 28 

Muffle (Tube) 63-68 

Oven "..'.'..'..'... 81-96 

Oven, Double Entrance 95 

g *; • ■ -. '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. .97-105 

Reciprocating 1 _1Q 

Retort 

g e " ■ ■ 69-74 

Kotary 

* atc }} ■ 41-46 

Continuous 11-21 

Vertical 47~52 

(See also Retort, Bell) 

Roller Hearth 31 

| alt g at h 100-105 

tu W | Ha u enu L S 31, 79, 80 

Shaker Hearth 1_10 

Tempering 

Rotary Retort. . ' 45 

Tool Room 8 1_ 85 g 8 _ 9ii 

I ube 63-68 

Gauges, Manifold Pressure 172 

Glass Fires ....'.'..'.'.'..'.. ' 136 

Gold and Silver Melters 117-121 

Hand Torches ...... .... 127-129, 138, 139, 141 

Heaters 

Kivet . , 112 



Page vi 







Product Index (Cont'd) 



Heaters 

Soldering Iron Ill 

Heating Machines 

Conveyor 22-34 

Direct Flame Heating . 32-34 

Reciprocating (Shaker Hearth) 1-10 

Roller Hearth 31 

Rotary Retort 11-21, 41-46 

Saw Hardening 31 

Heavy Duty Forges 114 

Hex Elbows 146 

High Heat Melters 122 

High Pressure Air Reduction Equipment 148, 166 

High Speed Furnaces 81-85 

Insert Burners 142 

Lead Bath Hardening Furnaces 97, 100-105 

Lead Melting Pots 118, 125 

Lighting Torches 175 

Machlet Tips 131, 132 

Manifold Pressure Gauges 172 

Manifolds 146 

Melters 

Aluminum . . 124 

Brass 123 

High Temperature 122 

Lead 118, 125 

Precious Metals 117-121 

Mesh Belt Conveyor Furnaces ... 22-28 

Meters, Flow 168-169 

Mixers 

High Pressure Air 148, 166 

Venturi, Air-Gas 156, 157 

Venturi, Combination Oxygen-Air-Gas 144 

Venturi, Oxygen-Gas 143 

Muffle Furnaces 

Batch Type 53-61 

Continuous 1-10, 22-28 

Cooling Extension Type . 55, 58-61 

Tube Type 63-68 

Ni Garbing - 177-178 

Nozzle Mixing Burners 140 

Opposed Flame Torches 138, 139 

Oven Furnaces ■ 81-96 

Oxygen-Gas Burner Equipment 140-142 

Pot Furnaces 97-105 

Pyrometers, Indicating 170 

Quench Tanks, Automatic 35-40 

Reciprocating Furnaces 1-10 

Rectangular Pot Furnaces 99, 104, 105 

Regular Forges • • 113 

Regular Melters 119-121 

Regulators, Gas, Zero 155 

Ribbon Burners 133, 134 

Rivet Heaters 112 

Roller Hearth Furnaces 31 

Rotary Retort Carburizers 

Batch Type 41-44 

Continuous Type , 11-21 

Rotary Retort Furnaces 

Batch Type 41-46 

Continuous Type 11-21 

Round Blast Tips 132 

Salt Bath Furnaces 100-105 

Saw Hardening Machines and Furnaces 31, 79, 80 

School Shop Table 86, 87 

Shaker Hearth Furnaces 1-10 

Single Valve Ratio Set Selection 160, 161 

Single Valve Ratio Sets 158, 159 

Soft Metal Burners 145 

Soft Metal Melters 118, 125 

Soldering Iron Heater 1 1 1 



> h- r ' 
_ o < I 

t DC 



-I £ 



PAGE VII 




Product Index (Cont'd) 

Stainless Steel Processing Furnaces 10, 58-61, 63-67 69-74 

Swivels, Burner ' ~ *' 146 

Tanks, Quench, Automatic 15_<M 

Tell Tale Burner 172 
Tempering Furnaces 

Rotary Retort. /. «• «• » 

Tool Room Furnaces 81 _ 8S 88 _ 9 5 
Torches 

P. a "f 127-129, 138, 139, 141 

Lighting 175 

Tube Furnaces 63-68 

Tunnels. Burner j£ 4 

Turbo Compressors 163-16$ 

Valve, Control, Air, Solenoid Operated 173 

Van Stoning Forges ' ' \\b 

Venturi Mixers. 143 144i 1S6 157 

Vertical Cylindrical Furnaces 79 80 

Vertical Retort Furnaces 47-57, 69 ^3 

Vertical Retort Gas Carburizers " 47-52 

Zero Gas Governors '....'....,, 155 



Page vi 




Reciprocating Hearth Furnaces 

Continuous Rotary Furnaces 

Mesh Belt Conveyor Furnaces 

Chain Belt Conveyor Furnaces 

Flame Hardening and Heating Machines 




An automatic production line for heat treating comprising a 
Model 240 Reciprocating Furnace, Automatic Quenching Tank, 
modified Series 300 Conveyor Furnace arranged for tempering 
and a Conveyorized Quenching Tank. 



1 


4 




v> 


o 


z 


1- 


< 


< 


t- 


s 


T 


o 


o 


§ 


u 

3 




Improved Series 200 
J Controlled Atmosphere 
Reciprocating Furnaces 




Mode 



^RECIPROCATING Hearth Furnaces or "Shaker Hearth 
Furnaces' 1 were originated and introduced by the American 
Gas Furnace Company in 1921. The basic principle of opera- 
tion consists of imparting a forward movement to the work 
conveying hearth and the work pieces resting on it. This 
forward movement of the hearth and work is interrupted 
suddenly, causing the work pieces to advance along the 
hearth by their own momentum. A simple mechanical 
drive repeats this movement at the desired rate. 
Any desired processing atmosphere and cycle time can be 
easily maintained in the new style A.G.F. Reciprocating 
Furnaces. Even the lightest and most delicate work can be 
handled without distortion. 

The improved Series 200 Reciprocating Hearth Furnaces in- 
corporate a stationary fully sealed muffle in which a rela- 
tively light hearth is reciprocated on free floating rollers. The 
construction of the latest style Reciprocating Furnaces incor- 
porates many new engineering features and refinements which 
provide many advantages over previous models, including : 

• The ability to remove the work conveying hearth for 
inspection, for cleaning its surface or for minor main- 
tenance. 

• Elimination of physical stresses resulting from muffle 
reciprocation. 



>!2 



ill 









PAGE 1 



^^ 




Model 238-A 



Reciprocating Furnaces 



/pjl PENPOINTS I 



LOCK 
WASHEHS 

^STAMPINGS 



• Alloy life is increased. The muffle floor is not quenched 
by cold work, thus eliminating the possibility of thermal 
stressing. The hearth is also supported above the muffle 
floor on free floating rollers to eliminate conductive 
heating. The parts traveling along the work conveying 
hearth are heated by radiation from all of the surround- 
ing muffle surfaces. 

• Quieter operation is achieved 
because only a relatively light 
hearth is reciprocated back 
and forth. 

• Shorter processing cycles can 
be more easily maintained in 
larger size models. 

OPERATIONAL 
ADVANTAGES 

Uniform and Individualized 
Treatment. 

Each work piece is uniformly heated 
in a controlled atmosphere within 
the muffle during all stages of the 
processing cycle. Each piece re- 
ceives its own individualized quench 
as the work parts continuously 
trickle off the work conveying 
hearth, dropping singly into the 
quench. 

Versatility. 

A.G.F. Reciprocating Furnaces can 
be used without any modification 




BALL RACES 



BLANKS 



NUTS 




SPRINGS 



PLIERS 



Page 2 




whatsoever for various types of general and atmosphere work 
such as carburizing, case hardening, the "Ni-Carb" process of 
ammonia -gas carburizing, bright hardening, etc. Parts ranging 
from balls for ball point pens up to heavy forgings can be pro- 
cessed in the same model. Processing time cycle is completely 
adjustable. 

Flexibility. 

Production heat treating depart- 
ments can handle small as well 
as large production lots on a con- 
tinuous basis. Large production 
runs can be easily interrupted to 
permit processing small batches 
which are more urgently required. 

Positive Atmosphere Control. 

Construction enables positive at- 
mosphere control of the desired 
atmosphere within the muffle 
through all stages of the processing 
cycle. The new Series 200 Recipro- 
cating Furnaces can be equipped 
with special provisions for handling 
hydrogen or cracked ammonia at- 
mosphere for heat treating stain- 
less steels. 

Thermal Efficiency. 

Only the work enters and leaves 
the heating chamber. There is no 
belt or conveyor to remove heat 
and waste fuel. 

Simplicity. 

A. G. F. Reciprocating Furnaces 
have no wearing parts in the heat, 
making maintenance easy and un- 
complicated. 

Reduced Handling Costs. 

Automatic feeders can be supplied 
to eliminate costly work handling 
in charging the furnace. These 

page 3 



? 0E 

jiS 
\ 

hi 



- y 

UJ < 

> z 

°s 










■A 



i F z 

O UJ DC 

t cc p 



'A 



uj u 



is 

I o 

< CO 




new feeders will handle a majority of the parts normally handled 
in production heat treating. If unusually shaped pieces are to 
be processed, the portable feeder can be easily moved to one side 
to permit manual feeding. 

Capacities. 

A.G.F. Series 200 Reciprocating Furnaces are available in various 
sizes having production capacities up to 800 pounds per hour, 
see tabulation on page 9. The actual production rate depends 
on the weight of the parts relative to their bulk, the cross sec- 
tion of the parts and the desired processing time cycle. 

Construction Features. 

A.G.F. Reciprocating Furnaces are engineered and built to with- 
stand the severe and continuous service to which these furnaces 
are subjected in production heat treating departments and 
commercial heat treating plants. 



Reciprocating Hearth Furnace 
Cross Sectional Diagram 




OIL LEVEL 



Page 4 




5 « 

O uj 

>- u. 
u 



GENERAL CONSTRUCTION 



Stationary Alloy Muffle. 

The stationary alloy muffle completely encloses the work 
conveying hearth. The discharge throat of the muffle has a 
100% atmosphere seal. The muffle entrance is adjustable to 
suit the work pieces, thus more positively containing the atmos- 
phere within the muffle. 

A piloted type fume eductor is provided for the discharge 
throat of the muffle to exhaust any quenching medium vapors 
and to ignite them if they are flammable. 

The muffle is cast of the best available heat-resisting alloy, 
composition 60% nickel, 12% chromium, to withstand operation 
at temperatures up to 1850°F. Numerous heat-resisting alloy 
bars are employed to uniformly support the muffle on the 
refractory piers throughout its heated length. 



IS 



P 5E 



Easily Removable Alloy Hearth. 

Removal of the work conveying hearth is easily accomplished, 
thus facilitating cleaning and inspection. 

The hearth is supplied of the best available high grade heat- 
resisting alloy, composition 60% nickel, 12% chromium or 
better, and is supported within the muffle on free floating 
alloy rollers. 

To insure smooth flow of work pieces the hearth is made in one 
piece. For long thin pieces, the work conveying hearth is 
grooved longitudinally to insure that such parts travel with their 
long axis parallel with the length of the hearth. For balls or 
other work wherever it is necessary, transverse grooves can be 
supplied. 



?t 



£ p 



m < 

3 Z 



Simple, Trouble -Free Mechanical Drive. 

The rugged and uncomplicated drive mechanism comprises a 
cam driven by a Reeves variable speed transmission, actuating a 
spring loaded lever which drives the work conveying hearth. 
Drive maintenance problems are eliminated. 

Page 5 



< CO 




Reciprocating Furnaces 




Model 260 



High Quality, High Efficiency Lining. 

The lining comprises 4y 2 " of high grade insulating refractory 
backed up with block insulation. Low heat storage and low 
heat loss provides faster heating -up and more economical 
operation. 



Combustion System. 

The new Series 200 Reciprocating Furnaces are equipped with 
mult i -zone combustion systems designed to achieve extremely 
uniform and rapid heating of the muffle. Maximum tempera- 
ture uniformity is assured by the use of many burners firing into 
both sides of the amply sized combustion chamber, both above 
and below the muffle. 

Each burner has a relatively small heat input and is sized ac- 
cording to its location on the furnace to obtain uniform heat 
distribution and temperature. Alloy burners and super re- 
fractory burner tunnels are employed for long life with freedom 
from repairs. 



Page 6 




TEMPERING 

^ — 

FURNACE 



WASHING 
MACHINE 



QUENCHING 

TANK 



r -7< RECIPROCATING 
FURNACE 



ROTARY 
Fttnt-.R 



I WASHING ; n 
■? MACHINE Mi 



TEMPERING 
FURNACE 



Solid line shows an "in-line" installation; dotted line shows a "reversing 
loop." 



Casing. 

The furnace casing is constructed of welded steel plate suitably 
reinforced with structural members welded and bolted together. 
The drive mechanism is mounted in a separate extension apart 
from the heating chamber. 

A special foundation is not required except for anchoring the 
drive mechanism extension. 



Outer Discharge Chute. 

The discharge chute is mounted directly on to the discharge 
throat of the stationary muffle. For special applications, the 
muffle throat can be equipped with a divert er type discharge 
chute extension for dual quenching arrangements, etc. 



PROCESSING TIME CYCLE REGULATION 



Control of the processing time cycle is easily accomplished by 
adjustment of the variable speed motor drive. Where extremely 
long processing time cycles are required, the Series 200 Recipro- 
cating Furnaces can be equipped with an interrupter type 
timer at a slight additional charge. 



F. M. SAFETY REQUIREMENTS 

Series 200 Reciprocating Furnaces can be equipped with the 
necessary extra devices to comply with Factory Mutual require- 
ments at a slight additional charge. 

page 7 



lb 

o u 

-J* 



CO ' 

So 

s ° 
I ° 




ATMOSPHERE GAS CONTROL 

A.G.F. Atmosphere Gas Mixing Cabinets as illustrated on page 
167 are employed to enable the measurement and control of 
the flow of the atmosphere gases that are to be introduced into 
the muffle of the furnace. 



ATMOSPHERE GAS GENERATORS 

Where a supply of atmosphere gas is not available, a suitable 
endothermic or charcoal gas generator can be furnished. For 
the processing of stainless steels, a dissociator can be supplied 
to furnish cracked ammonia atmosphere. 



AUTOMATIC QUENCHING TANKS 

Complete automatic Quenching Tanks as per pages 35-40, 
having a variable speed motor drive, recirculating pump, etc. 
are supplied for use with Series 200 Reciprocating Furnaces. 
A.G.F. Quenching Tanks can be supplied for oil, water or brine 
quenching. 

A.G.F. Quenching Tanks are designed for installation "in line 11 
or at "right angle" to the Reciprocating Furnace. 



AUTOMATIC WASHING AND TEMPERING 
EQUIPMENT 

Automatic washing and tempering equipment can be supplied 
for use in conjunction with A.G.F. Series 200 Reciprocating 
Furnaces and Automatic Quenching Tanks. 



The installation lends itself to either an "in-line 11 or ( 
loop 11 arrangement as illustrated on page 7. 



reversing 



Note that the "reversing loop' 1 installation permits discharging 
the processed work immediately adjacent to the charging end 
of the Reciprocating Furnace. The center aisle of the "reversing 
loop 11 provides easy access to all equipment for maintenance 
as well as providing space for installing accessory equipment. 



Page 8 



Reciprocating Furnaces 













- 5 


Q5 


vOi 


rgs 


ro- 


©- 


1 

E 






boo 


-^O 


moo 


Tf -X) 


^ \D 


T-i^D 






O^'* 


wro 


HTf 


Hrt 


^h ro 


C4r0 




3JnSB9JAI 


J* J* 


^H 


■*.* 


J**~* 


v N « 


XX 


1 




#uiddiq$ 


b^r 


bio 


ON 


b N 


kfS 1 


ION 




aieiuixcuddy 


X>iO 


tN.m 


00 us 


t^irs 


fs*« 


tNlO 






?«F 


j*^x 


xx 


^x^x 


JAM 


^X^X 






TfO 


baO 


NN 


rob 


rob 


rob 


'■*J 






to ■* 


%n^r 


\D*f) 


rvifs 


K *£> 


INIO 








o 


X> 


© 


© 


© 


© 






o 


tx 


O 


© 


IC 


© 


4j 




sq-j 'jLjSia^ Suiddiqcj 


©^ 


00 


© 


Ui - 


f<l 


lO 


1 






In 


00*~ 


c* 


•# 


lO 


oo* 


v 










^-t 


^H 


w* 


r4 


s 1 






















o 


o 


o 


© 


© 


© 


•^ i 






o 


o 


© 


© 


LO 




1 | 




sqq 'auSra^ ^ N 


r i 


©^ 


o^ 


iC 


r^ 








vD 


00" 


r<T 


fO 


^f 


tC 










i— i 


i— ( 


i— i 


r-i 






















































t- u 


t6 


§ 


00 


S 


S 


r^> 


3 T3 
£ 2 




J | 


i—i 














„K 


X 


J* 


^X 


X 


M 


1 s 




U, c/) 


^ 


b 


© 


fO 


ro 


ro 






U3 


K 


Ix 


IN 


tN 






































« 





3J9qdsoujay 
3 UJ n JAJ 


^ 


^ 


;? 


^ 


^ 


^ 


& 1 

1 1 
S 3 





sbo 


^ 


i— i 


1—1 


^ 


i— t 


r^ 


tpl 


jiy 


N 


r* 


rO 


CO 


ro 


ro 


CO 






X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


b 1 

4-> ^ 


u 




JH/3J n D 


2* 


2* 


2* 


2* 


2* 








pajmbs-y sbq 


b 






k" 5 




& £ 


'K 






< 


< 


< 


< 


< 


< 


A 


•M 


















"- 


















V 


u 


« 






o 


O 


© 


© 


© 


© 


^ . e- 


3 






o 


O 


»« 


\r> 


iO 


Wi 


h » r? 





Q 


.j 


j H/nj.g 


K 


©^ 

If} 


i-H 


r* 


*** 


ro 


x&| 


a 


E 

1 






9 




fc 






5 


m 


co 55 
















1— « 


si! 


JH/y n 3 


00 


© 


»« 
N 




rs 


g 






sbo 5 B N 


co 


lO 


ts, 


tx 


tN 


© 


Oo c 








rrj/g osoi 












_T 


tf)«M v 

Sis 
























Ul bs/ qj l IB 


CO 


W5 


m 


iC 


W5 


00 






•b3^ J)V XB(^ 


X> 


00 


co 


(T3 


fO 


00 


el" 






qiSuaq 


GO 


00 


b 


00 


00 


^r 






p35B3J-J 


^ 


rs 


i—i 


rv 


ts 


Tf 






3jqB[iBAy 






** 






1— ( 


c 5 -m 




x 




















^ 


^ 




^ 


^ 


^ 


^^s 




5 
u 

Z 


3iqB|iBAy 


^0 


r0 


Tf 








s- Wi 3 






5 


5 


; 


; 


^ 


t 


J mO' 






xojddy 'qiplAA 


n 


c* 


00 

i-H 








£3S 




anoij J3d sq] 
xojdde 'A^iOBde^) 


o 

i— 1 




© 


O 


© 


© 
© 
00 


S CO 






< 


^ 


Q 




U 




158 
nj 




ofsj aoBuanj 

SU)5BOOjdp3^J 


1 

00 

ro 


i 

o 

CO 


i 


© 


i 

© 


S 






rs 


co 


c* 


rs 


ts 


rs 


4- * 






















P. 


\GE 9 



O UJ 

o 



I 



si . 

O o ■ OC 

t; z ? 



; < 



I H Z 

o uj el 
< it I 



UJ u 

if! 



Ul U 

CO < 

5 Z 

1- 0: 



O ul 

K o 

fei < 

cc z 



CO ' 

ft 

S co 
< w 




Reciprocating Furnace 

for Bright Annealing and 
Hardening of Stainless Parts 




Model 267-heated muffle hearth 7V4" wide by 52" long. 



'pHE Model 267 Reciprocating Furnace has a capacity of up to 
80 lbs. of stainless steel parts per hour, operating at tem- 
peratures up to 2000°F. 

An alloy muffle . . . incorporating purging, heating and water- 
jacketed cooling sections . . . seals into an automatic conveyor- 
ized oil tank and permits maintenance of hydrogen or dis- 
sociated ammonia atmosphere with dew-points as low as 
minus 80° to minus 90°F. 

The full seal construction of the muffle insures complete at- 
mosphere uniformity throughout the entire processing cycle 
and lowers the required consumption of atmosphere gas. 

Parts travel, individually, through the entire processing cycle 
and are under observation at all times. 

Eliminates the inherent disadvantages of batch purging, heating 
and cooling . . Guess work and timing by the operator is com! 
pletely eliminated. 

Page 10 




Model 139-MD 



Controlled Atmosphere 

Continuous 
Rotary Retort Furnaces 

A.G.F/s new line of Controlled Atmosphere Continuous Rotary 
Retort Furnaces retains all of the sound and time proven basic 
principles of operation and construction originally introduced 
by the American Gas Furnace Company in the first Rotary 
Retort Furnaces manufactured in 1896. 

These latest style furnaces incorporate many new improvements 
and refinements which increase their production capacity, 
permit more exacting control of processing atmosphere and 
temperature, and simplify operating procedure. 

A completely new combustion system and other engineering 
features permit processing ferrous or non-ferrous parts at 
temperatures from 600°F. to 1850°F. Clean hardening, am- 
monia-gas case hardening, light case carburizing of steel parts 
or the heat treating of aluminum parts can be accomplished 
with equal ease and without any modification of the furnace. 

The improved versatility of the A.G.F. Continuous Rotary 
Furnaces make them the ideal production units for the heat 
treating department of small parts manufacturers or for use 
by commercial heat treaters. 

PAGE 1 1 



O 2 






Continuous 
Rotary Retort Furnaces 

For heat treating parts which can be subjected to a gentlt 
tumbling action in the order of 1 or 2 r.p.m,, the new A.G.F. 
Continuous Rotary Retort Furnace affords economies of opera- 
tion which permit heat treating at the lowest possible cost. 

OPERATIONAL ADVANTAGES 

Automatic Feeding for Low -Cost Continuous 
Operation 

A.G.F. Continuous Rotary Retort Furnaces are equipped with 
an improved large capacity feed hopper having an adjust- 
able self -metering arrangement which permits preloading of 
work for continuous feeding. New door mechanism on the 
hopper reduces work loading time to a minimum. 

Uniform Processing of the Work is Assured. 

The new Continuous Rotary Retort Furnaces eliminate the 
disadvantages of batch heat treatment and batch quenching. 
Retort rotation mixes the work, uniformly heating and exposing 
each piece to the controlled atmosphere within the retort. Each 
work piece receives an individual quench as it drops into the 
quenching medium. 

Flexibility. 

These improved Controlled Atmosphere Continuous Rotary 
Retort Furnaces can be used without any modification what- 
soever for various types of general and atmosphere work at 
processing temperatures from 600°F. to 1850°F. Steel parts 
can be carburized, case hardened, "Mi-Garbed" or clean hard- 
ened. Aluminum and other non-ferrous metals can be heat 
treated under atmosphere control at any desired temperature 
Processing time cycle is easily controlled by means of a variable 
speed motor drive. Normal processing times available range 
from 3 to 4 minutes to upwards of an hour. Special drive 
arrangements can be supplied to achieve longer time cycles 
required for deep casing or carburizing. The same model will 
accommodate parts ranging in size from small washers to 
forgings for universal joints, etc. 

Page 12 




Model 136-MG 



Reduced Maintenance and Operating Costs. 

Alloy parts remain within the heating chamber at all times, 
thus eliminating the principal cause of alloy failure— repeated 
heating and cooling. 

Work only enters and leaves the furnace heating chamber. 
There are no baskets or trays to carry heat out of the furnace or 
to require maintenance. 

All moving mechanical parts on A.G.F. Continuous Rotary 
Retort Furnaces are located outside of the hot areas of the 
furnace. There are no chains, conveyors or other troublesome 
mechanisms employed in the furnace heating chamber. 



PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION 

The work parts are charged into an automatic hopper feeding 
device which continuously feeds them into the retort. The 
retort which is rotated within a heating chamber has an integral 
internal spiral which advances the work through the heat. 

The parts leaving the retort fall through a unique sealing hood 
assembly located within the heating chamber and into the 
quench. 

The feed hopper and sealing hood assembly are designed and 
constructed to enable practically positive control of the desired 
atmosphere within the retort through all stages of the processing 
cycle. 



i- < 

< h- 

n 



x°i\ 

O UJ cc 



Page 13 




Continuous 
Rotary Retort Furnaces 

CAPACITY 

The capacity of each furnace is dependent to a considerable 
extent upon the individual user, the cross section of the parts, 
the weight of the parts relative to their bulk, and the processing 
time cycle. The range of production capacity of various models 
is from 150 to 1500 pounds per hour. 

CONSTRUCTION 

New construction features and design modifications have been 
incorporated in the latest model Controlled Atmosphere Rotary 
Furnaces to provide greater ease of operation, increased produc- 
tion, less maintenance and longer alloy life. 

Principal construction features are shown in the cross sectional 
diagram on page 16 and include : 

Heavy-Wall Alloy Retort. 

The retort with integral spiral is cast of heat-resisting alloy, 
composition 60% nickel, 12% chromium, to withstand operation 
at temperatures up to 1850°F. 

Alloy Sealing Hood. 

This assembly cast of alloy, composition 60% nickel, 12% 
chromium, is employed within the heating chamber to permit 
quenching of the work from retort at the proper temperature 
and under atmosphere protection. 

High Quality, High Efficiency Lining. 

The lining consists of highest grade insulating refractory 
backed by block insulation. This type of construction has low 
heat storage and low heat loss factors and is employed to achieve 
faster heating up and more economical operation. 

Improved Gas Combustion System Features include : 

Numerous heat-resisting alloy burners firing tangent ially into 
the heating chamber through super refractory burner tunnels 



Page 14 




Model 227 Continuous Rotary Retort Furnace. Feeding hopper similar to 
those for Model 136-MG and 139-MD can be supplied. 



are equipped with individual pilots for ease in lighting and safe 
positive operation. 

A.G.F. Continuous Rotary Retort Furnaces are furnished with 
mult i -zone control of the processing temperature. Two zone 
control is regularly employed in the Model 136-MG and three 
zones of control are employed in the Model 139-MD. The Model 
227 can be furnished with either three or four zone control. 



Casing. 

The furnace body is constructed of heavy sheet steel suitably 
reinforced. The structural steel leg assembly is designed to 
properly accommodate a standard A.G.F. Automatic Quenching 
Tank as described on pages 35-40. 



Feed Hopper. 

The assembly is fabricated of heavy sheet steel and is equipped 
with an inner scoop which delivers a metered amount of work 
pieces into the retort. The capacity of the scoop can be adjusted 
by means of an external hand wheel. The hopper opening is 
equipped with an easily operated cover device. 

PAGE 15 



o 5 



Continuous Rotary Retort Furnaces 
Cross Sectional Diagram 



6 5 



4 3 



2 1 



OIL LEVEL 8 




ft. Atmosphere Sealing 
Hood Assembly, 60' „ 
Ni.. 12'- Cr. 

7. Atmosphere Gas Inlet 
Connection 

8. Outer Discharge 
Chute 

9. Variable Speed Motor 

10. Retort Supporting 
Rolls 



Retort Supporting Rolls and Bearings. 

Designed and built to minimize maintenance. Charge end 
supporting rolls are cast with wide chilled faces and are equipped 
with copper -graphite bearings for trouble-free operation. 
A new simplified roller type bearing assembly located outside 
of the heat supports the discharge end of the retort. 

Outer Discharge Chute. 

The work discharge chute is equipped with a piloted type fume 
eductor to remove quenching medium vapors and to ignite 
them if they are flammable. 

Atmosphere Gas Inlet. 

A suitable provision for the introduction of atmosphere gas is 
made at the discharge end of the retort. This connection is gas 
tight and stationary, eliminating the use of a stuffing box 
or swing joint. 

Variable Speed Motor Drive. 

The drive mechanism comprises a standard enclosed variable 
speed transmission and worm gear reducer selected to provide 
the proper speed range to suit the type of work and the proces- 
sing cycle times that will be employed. 

The motor drive assembly is mounted on an easily accessible 
plate in the bottom of the furnace leg frame. All exposed 
moving parts are protected by safety guards. 



Page 16 




Controlled Atmosphere 
Continuous Rotary Retort Furnaces 





5-o B 


Retort 


Operating Data 




u 

■o E 




Spiral 
Path 




Max. Gas 
Consumption 


u 


Id 

a c 

3 


3 

'5tj 




3 X 

2ZU 


I 


a 

U CD D 


136-MG 


150 
to 

400 


10" 


5'-0" 


5" 
6i/ 2 " 


2>/ 2 " 
2%* 


65 


373 


392,400 


Approx. 
200* 


139-MD 


400 
to 
900 


14" 


10' -0" 


<T 


4i/ 2 " 


150 


865 


911,000 


Approx. 

275* 


227-D 


1200 

to 

2000 


24" 


14'-0" 


11" 


41/2" 


383 


2,300 


2,315,000 


Approx . 
650* 



♦Atmosphere gas requirement listed is for an endo thermic type. If fuel 
gas is used, requirement would be decreased. 



FUEL 

Fuel can be either manufactured gas, reformed natural gas, 
natural gas or the bottled gases propane and butane. Required 
gas pressure is 2" to 6" water column. Furnaces can be specially 
equipped for operation with oil. 



F. M. SAFETY REQUIREMENTS 

A.G.F. Controlled Atmosphere Continuous Rotary Retort 
Furnaces can be equipped with the necessary devices to comply 
with Factory Mutual requirements at a slight additional charge. 



t 2 



UJ 



v> : 



£11 

o u cc 
t cc p 



AUTOMATIC QUENCHING 

A.G.F. Automatic Quenching Tanks for use with oil or water 
as described on pages 35-40 are supplied. 

PAGE 17 




Continuous Rotary Retort Furnace 
(Semi-Controlled Atmosphere Type) 
Model No. 29-F— Internal Discharge 




The. Model No. 29-F, although similar in general construction 
to the furnaces described on pages 11-17 does not employ the 
elaborate construction which insures the positive atmosphere 
control offered in Models 136-MG and 139-MD, 

By setting the air-gas fuel mixture in the proper ratio, a pro- 
tective type atmosphere is generated which is forced out through 
the retort opening- The results produced by this economical 
furnace make it suitable for the relatively clean hardening of 
some parts. 





n 






Spiral 






| 




CO 


flj 










u . 




6 
Z 

4> 


CO 

u 


c 
u 








o 

' 3 -X 


3 
0* 
fj 

etc 
*Ig 


c 


CO Ou-v 

a .— 


fe 


CO Q^ 


*a 


M 


k8* 


x^^ 


3 


8 S3 « 


js-s 


<s 


£ 


X 


«0 3 

2c3 


co^ 3 


*S O CO 


29-F 


75 to 100 


7%" 


30" | 


3V 4 " 1 


2" | 


138 


25 


25 


PAGE 


8 























Continuous Rotary Retort 
Annealing Furnaces 




THE A.G.F. Rotary Retort Furnaces described on pages 11-18 
can be equipped with an external discharge arrangement as 
shown in the above illustration. 

The work can be discharged at temperature or passed into a 
directly connected water jacketed cooling extension. 

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION 

A.G.F. Rotary Annealing Furnaces are equipped with the latest 

style improved combustion system which permits annealing 

of ferrous and non-ferrous parts at temperatures from 600°F. to 

1800°F. 

All of the advantageous features including the automatic 

feeding hopper, heavy wall alloy retort, efficient lining, multiple 

zone construction are incorporated in these units. 

For special applications these furnaces can be equipped with 
smooth retorts. The slope or inclination of the retort which 
controls the length of the heating cycle can be varied by elevating 
the rigidly constructed furnace frame at one end. Where 
direct connected cooling extensions are employed, the heating 
furnace and cooler are mounted on common structural members 
so that the slope or inclination of both may be adjusted 
simultaneously . 



U Li 

u 

£ DC 



Q. CO 1 

> fc W 

"- = 2 

O a 

^ h- z 

OtU c 

fc = ? 



Continuous Rotary Calcining and 
Roasting Furnaces 

A.G.F. Rotary Retort Furnaces as 
described on pages 11-18 can be 
supplied with the external type dis- 
charge as illustrated. The calcined 
or roasted materials can be either 
discharged at temperature or slow 
cooled in a directly coupled water 
jacketed retort extension. 

These furnaces are indirect fired and 
equipped with mult i -zone controlled 
combustion systems which permit 
operating at temperatures from 600°F 
to 1850°F, Each control section can 
be set to provide the desired tempera- 
ture gradation. 




Page 19 




No. 65-D Rotary Retort Continuous Heating Furnace for calcining oxides, 
carbonates, etc., for the annealing of brass between drawing operations, etc. 
This furnace has a tilting mechanism, automatic feeding hopper and also 
an adjustable feed to regulate heating time. 





"8 






Sp 


ral 






"8 




Sag, 


fe 


j_i 






(« 


i- 




i 
a 


E 

5g 


be 

3S 


£ 




QCQ> 


CTecS 

o> c *-> 


3 

cr 

~£ N 


c 


a .- 


48 


<SC£ 


■a 


DC 


bSI 


w^O ■ 


#<£■£> 


3 


Sis 


£•8 


*£ 


£ 


X 


lei 


Jli 


233 


*65D 


300 to 500 


14%" 


4'-2" 


6" 


1" 


375 


87 


67 



♦External discharge. May also be supplied without spiral. 





H "tS^ 


■k^ J kMH E Jff I & • 

IP 1 - M 5 iflp "jjfr-Blff^^ 









Three rotary machines with silica retorts to operate in series for special chemical 
requirement. The two Heating Furnaces at the right have heating chambers 
7'-10" long to take a silica tube 6" I.D. x 10' -0" long. They are designed for 
temperatures to 1400°F. 



PAGE 20 




h 

? DC 




> z 

o a 






Rotary Retort Continuous Heating Furnace No. 136-MC with Auto- 
matic Quenching Tank. 



HI 



► Hi 
I £ 1] 

O UJ CC 

h C 3 

m 




^ 



Rotary Retort Continuous Heating Furnace No. 139K and Rotary 
Retort Continuous Cooling Machine No, 164 designed and supplied 
especially for burning garnet grain prior to its application to garnet 
paper. The Heating Furnace is a modification of the No. 139-MD 
as per pages 11-18. 



PAGE 21 



Mi 



LU 

UJ u 
00 < 

=> z 
h- a 

3 



O UJ 

!§ 8 

cc z 
-4 5 





CO 1 




— cc 




M 

o 5 




5 « 




5 co 




< « 








P J 




Controlled Atmosphere 
Mesh Belt Conveyor 
Furnaces, Series 300 

with Full Seal Work Discharge Chute 
for Hardening or Tempering 




A.G.F. Series 300 Conveyor Furnaces have a full muffle extending 
through the heating chamber and sealing into the quench. 
Work is carried through the muffle on a mesh belt conveyor and 
dropped into the quench through a fully sealed chute. Work 
remains under atmosphere protection until it is quenched. 

Series 300 Conveyor Furnaces can be operated at temperatures 
up to 1750°F. Any desired atmosphere and cycle time can be 
maintained and the lightest and most delicate work can be 
handled without distortion. 

Latest engineering features and refinements provide many 
operating advantages such as : 

• Full seal muffle assures positive control of atmosphere. 

• Processing cycle time can be closely regulated and duplicated 
with the improved conveyor drive mechanism, 

• Short processing cycles can be more easily maintained. 

• Automatic feeding equipment can be utilized. 

• Quieter operation is achieved resulting in better working 
conditions. 

Page 22 




OPERATIONAL ADVANTAGES 

Uniform and Individualized Treatment. 

Each work piece is uniformly heated in a controlled atmosphere. 
Each piece receives its own individualized quench. 

Versatility. 

A.G.F. Controlled Atmosphere Conveyor Furnaces can be used 
without any modification whatsoever for various types of 
general and atmosphere work such as carburizing, case hard- 
ening bright hardening, etc. These furnaces with a modified 
combustion system and suitable alloy muffle are supplied for 
atmosphere tempering, either bright or controlled color. The 
processing time cycle is completely adjustable. 

Positive Atmosphere Control. 

Construction enables positive atmosphere control of the desired 
atmosphere within the muffle. 

Reduced Handling Costs. 

Conveyorized feeding mechanisms can be supplied to eliminate 
costly work handling in charging the furnace. 



CAPACITIES 

A.G.F. Series 300 Controlled Atmosphere Conveyor Furnaces 
are available in various sizes. The actual production rate 
depends on the weight of the parts relative to their bulk, the 
cross section of the parts and the desired processing time cycle. 



CONSTRUCTION FEATURES: 

Stationary Alloy Muffle. 

The stationary alloy muffle completely encloses the heated 
portion of the conveyor belt. The discharge throat of the muffle 
is equipped with a discharge chute that extends into and well 
below the surface of the quenching medium, thus providing a 
100% atmosphere seal at the discharge end. 

A piloted type fume eductor is provided for the discharge throat 
of the muffle to exhaust any contaminating quenching medium 
vapors and to ignite them if they are flammable. 

Page 23 



ib 



2 DC 

u 



uj < 

> 2 

o a 



i- < 

< t- 

H 

-3 Id 






id 



co l 



out 



I 



.. 



co 

UJ 

id o 
DO < 

=> Z 
»- QC 

3 



O Ld 

uj Sg 

CO z 

-J? 
32 

00 



CO ' 

* 

1 o 

< CO 

a 




The muffle is of the best available heat-resisting alloy, com- 
position 60% nickel, 12% chromium, to withstand operation 
at temperatures of 1750°F. Numerous heat-resisting alloy 
supports are employed to uniformly support the muffle on the 
refractory piers located in the furnace heating chamber. 



Alloy Mesh Wire Conveyor Belt. 

The work conveying mesh wire belt is supplied of high grade 
heat resisting alloy material, exact specifications of construction 
to depend upon the work to be handled. 



Simple, Trouble-Free Drive. 

A friction drive arrangement is employed at the charging end 
of the furnace. The conveyor belt drive pulley is driven by a 
variable speed motor drive. A pressure roll arrangement is 
utilized to insure maximum surface contact and traction, thus 
reducing belt strain. 



High Quality, High Efficiency Lining. 

The lining comprises 4Vi" of high grade insulating refractory 
backed up with a suitable thickness of block insulation. This 
type of construction has low heat storage and low heat loss 
factors and is employed to achieve faster heating -up and more 
economical operation. 



SERIES 300 CONTROLLED ATMOSPHERE MESH BELT 
CONVEYOR FURNACES 





Muffle 


Conveyor 


Operating Data 




Belt 


is* 

CO g — 


Gas Consumption 





co 


X, 

i 

J3 

1 
< 


1 

1 

g-s 


5 


c 
u 

J 

t 

X 


X 


3 




D 

h 

cti 


k 

loo 


315 


sw 


120" 


18" 


110" 


135 


725 


761,250 


525 


320 


tw 


204" 


24" 


186" 


188 


1,090 


1,141,350 


425 



PAGE 24 




Combustion System. 

The new Series 300 Controlled Atmosphere Conveyor Furnaces 
are equipped with multi-zone combustion systems which are 
designed to achieve extremely uniform and rapid heating of the 
muffle. Maximum temperature uniformity is assured by the 
use of many burners firing into both sides of the amply sized 
combustion chamber, both above and below the muffle. 

Each burner has a relatively small heat input and is sized ac- 
cording to its location on the furnace to obtain uniform heat 
distribution and temperature. Manifolding of the burners is 
arranged to permit the heat input of various burner sections 
to be adjusted for balancing out. 



I 



^ z 
h- < 
< i- 

i§ 



> Z 

o cc 



Casing. 

The furnace casing is constructed of welded steel plate suitably 
reinforced with structural members welded and bolted together. 
The belt drive arrangement is mounted on a suitable structural 
steel framework integral with the furnace casing. 

Processing Time Cycle Regulations. 

The control of the processing time cycle is completely flexible 
and can be accurately controlled by regulation of the variable 
speed motor drive. 

ATMOSPHERE GAS CONTROL 

A.G.F. Atmosphere Gas Mixing Cabinets as illustrated on page 
167 are supplied to enable the measurement and control of the 
flow of the atmosphere gases that are to be introduced into the 
muffle of the furnace. 

AUTOMATIC QUENCHING TANKS 

Completely automatic Quenching Tanks as described on pages 
35-40 are supplied for use with Series 300 Conveyor Furnaces. 
A.G.F. Quenching Tanks can be supplied for oil, water or brine 
quenching. 

AUTOMATIC WASHING AND TEMPERING 
EQUIPMENT 

Automatic washing and tempering equipment can be supplied 
for use in conjunction with A.G.F. Series 300 Conveyor Furnaces 
and Automatic Quenching Tanks. 

PAGE 25 



* = s 

o C cc 



uj u 

g!| 

s i 



UJ 

uj u 

GO < 
3 Z 

i- a 

3 



I- 
O uj 

S3 
c z 

u u. 



«8 

i ° 

< </} 



Controlled Atmosphere Mesh Belt 

Conveyor Furnaces with Water Jacketed 

Cooling Extension 

A.G.F. Mesh Belt Conveyor Furnaces have either an "A" shaped 
full muffle or horizontal muffle extending through the heating 
and cooling zones which provides positive atmosphere control. 
Horizontal muffles are employed for longer work pieces which 
cannot be handled in an "A 11 shaped muffle. Work can be 
heated for annealing, silver soldering or the slow cool Ni-Carb 
process of ammonia -gas case hardening. The work is cooled 
while it remains in the protective atmosphere. 

Capacity. 

The actual production rate depends upon the weight of the parts 
relative to their bulk, the treatment or process being used and 
the time cycle. 

Lining. 

The furnace lining comprises 4^" of high grade insulating 
refractory backed up with block insulation to insure fast and 
efficient heating. 

Alloy Muffle. 

The alloy muffle in the heating chamber is supported on heat 
resisting alloy bars resting on refractory piers. Uniform heating 
is achieved by numerous burners firing above and beneath the 
muffle from both sides of the furnace. 

The muffle in the heating chamber is manufactured of heat 
resisting alloy, composition 60% nickel, 12% chromium. 

The work entering end and the discharge end sections of the 
muffle are equipped with sliding doors to close down entrance 
openings to a proper height required to conserve the use of 
atmosphere gas. 

Conveyor Drive. 

The alloy mesh wire conveyor belt is driven at the work entering 
end by means of a rubber covered driven pulley and pinch roll. 
The coldest portion of the belt pulls the greatest proportion of 
weight which comprises the cold return loop of the conveyor 
as well as the work load in the cooling chamber. Suitable 
take-ups are provided and the drive mechanism is equipped 
with a variable speed drive. 

Combustion System. 

The furnace chamber is heated by means of numerous alloy 
burners firing through super refractory burner tunnels. Each 
of the burners has an individual pilot burner for ease in lighting. 
Complete on -off burner operation provides unlimited turn- 
down, permitting holding any desired temperature without 
sacrificing maximum production capacity. 

The furnace burners are arranged in multiple control zones to 
suit the application. 



Page 26 




I 




en 
d) 
o 
m 

C 

M 

Em 

C 

•iH 

X 

u 

O 

> 
o 

$ 

0) 

u 



+J 



(1) 

PQ 
w 

0) 



o 

•rH 
CO 

(1) 

M 

U 
d» 

C 



0) 
M 

en > 
O 

6 



c 
o 

O 



U.C0 



S" X X 

r* i° i° 

» © ro 

■* ■* rf 






U 22U 



nut: 



'3 C M 



32 

H 

S DC 



<b! 



^ 



«i 


« 1 


UJ 

o 


1- < 


< 1- 


< 


H 

§1 


z 


cc 


3 
u. 



— M 

'3J3 

5:1 



tr -j 
C o 






^6 

t 0= 



JS 
"5 

c 



U 

s s 

3 bO 

s I 



PAGE 27 



Uj U 



co 
Ul 

ui o 

03 < 
3 Z 

I- QC 

3 



O id 

*z 

-li 

d2 



< o 
f ° 

< CO 




Mesh Belt Conveyor 
Heating Furnaces 




No. 162 Heating Furnace 

T^HESE mesh belt conveyor furnaces are supplied either with 
A or without a muffle and with internal or external discharge 
of the work for hardening, annealing, normalizing, etc., of work 
which cannot conveniently be conveyed through the heat by 
other means. 

These furnaces may be supplied for temperatures up to 1900°F. 
with full muffle, or up to 2100°F. without muffle. 





3 

■Si 

>> u 

UJ 






Entrance 
Size 


25 

E 

CO 
X 

U 

sc 
c 

<u 

X 

X 

oc 
c 
<u 


as 

■ © 




Q 

Z 

u 
y 

c 


Belt 
Width 


4> 


x£ 
- - 3 

£2 


c 

Is 

*-* 3 
t 3 


3 
Ml 

c 

cd 

X 


J«8 

■ti 3 
£2 


si 

£2 


5 


X 


5 




3 J- 

<c 

X — 

ca 


162 

208 


250 to 400 
150 to 175 


18" 
12" 


15" 
10" 


20" 

>*' 
14" 


8" 
7" 


17" 
12" 


8" 
6" 


96" 
50" 


390 
275 


55 
40 



Floor Space: No. 162 - 15' x 5'2" 

No. 208 - 10'6" x 4'9" 



PAGE 28 




u u 

Eg 



Chain Belt Conveyor 
Heat Treating Furnace 

'"pHE No. 192 Conveyor Heating Furnace illustrated on follow- 
ing page has a heavy cast heat-resisting alloy solid link belt 
conveyor 3' wide, inside length of heating chamber 14'. 

It is intended especially for the hardening of a wide variety of 
forgings, including rifle and revolver parts. 



1/5 

|5 



EI 



Work is discharged at temperature from the point where the belt 
turns over its pulley through a chute in the bottom of the 
furnace. 

By draining the quenching tank, it is also used for the normal- 
izing of forgings in which case the work is uniformly distributed 
on the quench tank conveyor for uniform cooling. 



" = S 

O Ld C£ . 

*- cc = IT 
< "- r 
m 



Over and under firing from both sides insure uniform heating. 

The belt remains within the furnace at all times, being exposed 
only at the point where work is loaded onto it. 

A dead -weight take-up is provided at the charging end. 

The door at the charging end is adjustable. A large door at the 
discharge is convenient for observation of the work and its 
removal by hand if desired. 

Specifications on No. 192 Conveyor Heating Furnace: 

Available width— 3'-0". 

Available length — 14'-0". 

Entrance height — 4". 

Capacity— 1000 to 1500 lbs. per hr. 

Maximum gas consumption — 1250 cubic feet of 1050 B.T.U. natural gas 
per hour. 

Gas consumption for maintaining at 1500°F. — 400 cu. ft. per hr. of 1050 
B.T.U. gas. 

Maximum air— 200 C.F.M. at 16 oz. 

Floor space required — 23'-0" x 9'-0". 

PAGE 29 



i 

Mi 



oo < 
3 Z 

I- DC 

3 



O u 
I- o 

SI 



ll 

S 

1 ° 

< w 





Page 30 








a- 

O UJ 



* 



> z 
o a 

3 



</3 

O ^ I 
— Z uj 

I- <c o 

ill 



u 



00 



No. 148-A Roller Hearth Heating Furnace, with available heating 
space 24" wide, 156" long, and 3" high. The alloy rollers are 2V 2 " 
in diameter on 4 1 /2" centers and are all driven from a common 
drive, consequently comparatively small work can be handled 
advantageously. 



> h- 
•" tt -■ 
l°z 
oufic 



No. 181 Heating Machine 
for the continuous hard- 
ening of the teeth only 
of band saws. This 
machine is fully adjust- 
able for various thick- 
nesses and widths of 
saws. Somewhat similar 
machines are also sup- 
plied for hardening the 
teeth of hack saws. 




PAGE 31 



V 



Ul 

UJ o 
00 < 
3 Z 

3 



O u 

I- o 

lip 



2 o 

I ° 

< en 

Q 




Continuous 

Flattie Hardening 

and Heating Machines 




No. 190 Heating Machine 



T^HIS class of machine is ready for operation immediately 
upon lighting up. There is no chamber, retort or conveyor 
to be heated. They usually have a very high capacity because 
of the rapid heating obtained with them which is ordinarily 
gauged by the speed at which the operator can feed work onto 
the conveyor. 

Numerous applications, such as annealing the ends of brass tubes, annealing 
the threads on hardened screws, hardening the heads of screws, annealing the 
tangs of knife blades, drawing the temper of chisels, punches, etc., are found 
for these machines. 

Specifications of No. 190 Heating Machine: 

Length of burner flame to strike work from above and below on both 
ends — 36". 

Length of charging extension — 30". 

Conveyor speeds— 4 3 4" to 24" per minute. 

Maximum gas consumption— 360 cubic feet per hour of 1050 B.T.U. Gas. 

Page 32 



] , 




No. 204 Heating Machine for annealing the mouths of steel cartridge 
cases. Fingers on the conveyor roll the cases past the open flame 
burners and into an insulated cooling chamber. Variable speed 
drive is provided. 



I- < 
< I- 

li 



t\ 



O Id 

n 

E cc 
>!£ 



J, 



u. 

U 

8 

M. 




> i- uj 3 

H CC U J 

o < . 

*■ K Z 

O Lj CC ■ 



No. 154 Heating Machine for annealing the ends of brass flashlight tubes, 
plumber's fittings, etc. 
With these automatic flame heat- 
ing machines production begins 
the moment burners are lighted. 
Bolt heads, screwdriver ends, por- 
tions of shafts, tangs of knife 
blades, threads of hardened screws, 
etc., are rapidly, efficiently and 
uniformly hardened or annealed, 
as required. 



No. 194 Heating Machine. This 
was orginally made to anneal the 
ends of long springs, however, it 
may be used for a wide variety of 
similar purposes. 



PAGE 33 




4 



<i 



ui 
UJ u 

00 < 
3 Z 
I- DC 

3 








No. 100-B Heating Machine for hardening the ends of pliers, cold 
chisels, punches, etc., on a production basis. This machine has a 
heating chamber 6' -4" long and a 2' charging extension. The 
available heating width is approximately 3V 2 ". The conveyor 
plates tilt and discharge the work from temperature. A variable 
speed drive is provided. 




No. 184 Heating Machine for heating pocketbook frames which 
are soldered by simply touching the fluxed solder wire to the frame 
at the proper point as the work comes out of the heat. This machine 
eliminates six operators by having four (4) conveyor chains passing 
through a heating chamber 48" long. The outer two are on 10%" 
center distance and the inner two on 4%". The available height 
is approximately 1", width 13". 



Page 34 




Mesh Belt Conveyor 
Quench Tanks 



u 

si£ 




U = u 

I" I 






HI 

> I- u 
-g< 

O UJ DC 

fe = e 



Two Quenching Tanks used in conjunction with Shaker 
Hearth Furnaces in the heat treatment of bolts, screws, 
nuts, pins etc, 



if 



Uj u 

CQ < 

3 Z 

»- CC 



r 




Automatic 
Quenching Tanks 




A.G.F. Automatic Quenching Tanks are designed especially for 
use with A.G.F. Continuous Reciprocating Furnaces and Rotary 
Retort Furnaces. The quenching of heat treated parts is 
equally as important as the processing in the furnace. Auto- 
matic Quenching Tanks used in conjunction with continuous 
production furnaces assure consistently uniform quality results. 
The automatic conveyor in the Quenching Tank moves the parts 
away as they fall on to it, thus insuring that hot parts being 
discharged from the furnace are not deposited on parts that 
have already been cooled. 

To further insure proper quenching, the conveyor in A.G.F. 
Automatic Quenching Tanks travels horizontally for a distance 
along the bottom of the tank before it starts its upward travel 
to the discharge chute. 

The independent recirculating system which is built into 
A.G.F. Automatic Quenching Tanks employs nozzles mounted 
into a manifold to agitate and circulate the oil near the discharge 
chute of the heat treating furnace. The oil in the tank is passed 
rapidly around the hot work parts as they fall through the oil 
on to the conveyor. 

PAGE 35 



o uj 

P 

o 



CO ' 

u 

z y 

UJ < 

> z 

°s 



0. <0 I 

■" " 2 

««• **■ i± i 



Hi 



uj u 
co < 

3 Z 



O u 

I- o 

UJ < 

0= z 



ll 

5 

1 o 



The use of an Automatic Quenching Tank reduces work hand- 
ling labor. The continuous heat treating furnace discharges 
its work into the Quench Tank from where it discharges into 
suitable containers or into other subsequent processing devices 
such as automatic washing and tempering equipment. A 
typical installation of an Automatic Quenching Tank with 
automatic washing and tempering equipment, is shown on 
page 7 and index preceding page 1. 

OIL QUENCH 

A.G.F. Automatic Quenching Tanks are regularly supplied for 
oil quenching. A centrifugal pump is provided for recirculating 
the oil within the tank. 

WATER QUENCH 

A.G.F. Automatic Quenching tanks can be equipped with a 
stainless steel mesh wire conveyor belt, corrosion resistant 
drive parts, water recirculating pump, etc. for water or brine 
quenching. 

INSTALLATION 

A.G.F. Automatic Quenching Tanks can be installed either 
"in line 1 ' or at "right angle 11 to the continuous furnace as shown 
in the illustration on page 7. 

GENERAL CONSTRUCTION 

Tank 

The Tank shell is fabricated of heavy sheet steel, suitably 
reinforced with structural steel members welded and bolted 
together. An inner chute extending below the top retaining 
edges of the belt is provided within the tank to insure that work 




Page 36 



BELT TAKE UP 




12x12" Pt^ 
OFFSET 



. QUENCH 
DEPTH 



6-S"x24W. INSIDE TANK — 

N?40 QUENCH TANK 

Model 40 Quenching Tank shown above has a 13" quenching depth which is 
suitable for handling relatively light parts. See specifications on page 39. 
This size does not require a pit type installation. The line drawing above 
shows the location of the strainer, recirculating pump and path of travel 
of the conveyor. 

pieces fall on to the belt. All inside and outside surfaces of the 
tank are heavily coated with special paint suited for oil, water 
or brine service. 



2 c ui 



£5 



UJ < 

> z 
o a 



9 z 

9 



H CC O 

T o<P 

^ h- z I 



Conveyor 

A.G.F. Automatic Quenching Tanks are regularly equipped with 
steel cord weave mesh wire belts, wire diameter .041", .054" or 
.080", having from 6 to 11 cross wires per inch. For heavy work 
pieces, a flexible plate type conveyor can be supplied. The size, 
shape and weight of work pieces to be handled in any particular 
tank determine the type of belt that is supplied. 
The mesh wire belts in A.G.F. Automatic Quenching Tanks are 
equipped with flex -plate retaining edges and with suitable steel 
cross flights. For special applications, the cross flights can be 
covered with the mesh wire fabric material at a slight additional 
charge. Cross supporting bars spaced at regular intervals are 
provided on the belt fabric. Hardened roller chain with suitable 
attachments is affixed to the cross supporting bars, thus in- 
suring positive support and driving of the belt, without the 
possibility of damaging it. The chain used is of the extended 
pitch type having rollers larger in diameter than the chain side 
pieces, thus permitting the conveyor to roll along the supporting 
framework. 

The discharge end of the conveyor extends well out of the tank 
permitting convenient placement of containers to receive the 
work. Where the work pieces are to be discharged into automatic 
washing and tempering equipment, the conveyor can be specially 
constructed to discharge at any desired height. 

Conveyor Drive 

The conveyors of the various Automatic Quenching Tanks as 
listed on page 39 are normally driven by either a Vz, 3 /4, or 1 h.p. 
variable speed transmission having a speed variation of 4 to 1. 
A clutch mechanism is provided on the belt drive to prevent 

Page 37 



j 
■Kti 



U 

UJ o 
CO < 

3 Z 

I- cc 

a 



O UJ 

H O 

LU < 

CC Z 



o 




Model 49 Automatic Quenching Tank 



tearing or damaging the belt in the event of accidental jamming 
of the conveyor. 

Suitable safety guards are provided on all moving conveyor 
drive parts. 

Clean -Out Provisions 

Clean-out holes are optional and can be supplied if they are 
desired. In most cases the conveyor frame with its attachments 
including the conveyor belt is integral and may be removed 
with a minimum of disassembling to gain access to the interior 
of the tank. 

Recirculating Pump 

An amply sized centrifugal type pump with strainer is supplied 
with the Automatic Quenching Tank. The pump is located 
below the oil level so that priming is not required. The Quench- 
ing Tank is piped up so as to circulate the oil from the discharge 
end of the tank to the circulating manifold which is located 
near the work discharge chute of the heat treating furnace. 
The hot work pieces come into contact with continuously 
circulating and agitated oil for the most efficient quenching. 
Oil fumes are reduced to minimum or are entirely eliminated. 

OIL COOLING 

In addition to circulation, cooling of the oil is necessary. If 
provisions for cooling of the oil are not available, a completely 
self-contained and automatic cooler can be supplied. 



Page 38 



QUENCHING TANK SPECIFICATIONS 



U til 

58 





Approximate 
Shipping 
Weight 


o 
o 
in 


© 


1 

o 


3 


i 


© 
ifi 


o 


o 
ifi 
OS 


3 




© 


© 
© 
© 

TP"" 




3Lj8l3J_J [JBJ3AQ 

xojddy 


b 

rp 


in 


1 


K 

1 
Pi 


to 


00 


?0 
I 

00 


1 
b 


I 


X 

i 


ts 


cr- 




Approx. 

I ■loot- 
Space 


00 
X 


b 

1 

00 
.X 

TP 


b 
1 

b 
X 

^p 


00 
X 
^P 


Co 

1 

b 
X 
Tp 


1 5 

1 
Tp 


x> 

1 

b 
^P 


Pi 


wb 
i 

X 

^p 


b 
1 

in 


^X 
Tp 


^x 
Jfi 




J* 

c 

CO 

I— 


S|BQ 
A^IOBdBQ 


m 


in 

IS 


In 


ifi 




o 
Ifi 


Q 

TP 

ifi 


o 
# 
Ifi 


Q 
X 


© 


ifi 
ifi 

00 


© 
ifi 

©_ 




updaQ 




Pi 

J 

fS 


Pi 

I 








b 
^p 


b 
i 

^p 


© 


Pi 

Pi 


7 

TP 


th 




W!A\ 


Pa 


r* 


M 


c4 


r* 


P\ 


»• 


?»< 


1 


b 

i 


^P 
1 


Fs 
i 




ipSuv] 


b 


i 
b 


b 


l 

b 


Pi 
i 

b 


00 


00 


00 


rs 


N 


fS 


00 




C 

© 


■UIIM/-SIBO 

AjpBdB3 


§ 


: 


S 


' 


' 


' 


' 


5 


** 


S 


: 


© 
© 




d'H 


^ 


' 


' 


' 


' 


' 


' 


- 


■ 


' 


: 


^ 




3dA X 


i 

'£■3 

c M 

8 3 


- 


* 


' 




* 


' 


s 


' 


= 


' 


|- 




h 

> I- 

u 


OUB^J 
UQISSILUSUBJJ 


1 


*P 


1 

TP 


1 
<* 


^P 


i 

TP 


1 
^p 


i 


1 


I 


i 


1 




d'H 


:£ 


^ 


^ 


^ 


£ 


^ 


i^ 


^ 


^ 


^ 


?? 


- 




CO 

§1 


30UE}StQ 
J33U33 03 J31U93 


r^ 


c* 


?s 


c* 


c* 


Oi 


J- 


e>> 


rs 




rs 






3 M g?3 H 


^-f 


^ 


i 


5 


i 


^ 


i 


^ 


1 


^ 


W 


joA3auoq jo uny 

ZlJO^f JO L|3§U3q 


M 


e 
rs 


1 


2 


b 


rfi 


oc 


00 


© 

P5 


1 




00 




J0A3AU03 JO 
UOpBUipUI 


o 

r*3 


o 

9 







o 


o 








o 

3 


o 

00 



X 




c 


1 


C 

i 


H|S;3f-{ aSjBlpSIQ 




5 1 
5 


1 




*p 




k 






1 


1 


Lj3d3Q ipiranf) 


^ 


p> 


Pi 


X 


s» 


TP 




k 




b 


S 


b 


mpljW JOAaAUO^ 


rs 


r-j 


rr: 


Pi 


ri 


Pi 


Pi 


Pi 


gb 


X 


X 


X 


! 


JOA3AU03 

sdAx 


■S- 
IS 


Is 


2PQ 


IS|l3 


12 




« -M JJ +J 

^S 3 3 


IS 


is 


c 



CO 




°N >iuex 




c 


< 

c 


1 


c 


1 


<\ 

PS 


.1 

in 


U ! 




K 1 

•*i I 


3 


3 

n 
cd 



Page 39 



< o 



QUENCHING TANK SPECIFICATIONS 





Approximate 

Shipping 
Weight 




b 


1 

o 

5 

x 


o 
o 
us 


§ 

us 


1 


i 

us 


5 

X' 
UJ 


t< 


o 
5 
uT 


^' 


1 


1 


iqgpH UBJ3AQ 

■ xoadd y 


J* 


i 


b 
1 


K 


b 
i 

00 


b 


b 

i 


b 


i 




b 


00 


i 


Approx. 
Floor 
Space 


b 
1 


M 


M 
US 


i 

US 


b 
I 

u> 
U5 


b 

i 

X 

b 


in 


b 
i 

us 


b 
i 


b 

i 

US 


b 

b 
US 


US 


b 


>> 

1 

c 
h 


/upBde;3 


© 
us 


o 
o 

K 


US 


Q 
O 


US 


US 


o 


Q 

O 


o 
us 


US 


O 
US 


o 
us 


us 


m d3 a 


ih 


K 


1 

P0 


b 
i 


us 


US 


00 

1 

C4 


1 


lO 


US 


US 


us 


US 


H3P!M 


b 
i 


b 

1 


« 


« 


W 


PO 


1 


b 
i 

?-s 


X 

1 


b 
i 


00 

1 


00 

1 
to 


b 


LjiSuaq 


00 


S 


b 


ro 


?* 


fS 




r-i 


h 


00 


(S 


M 


b 
i 
o 


C 

ra a 
jjj 

8 

a: 


AipedB3 


§ 


^ 


= 


* 


' 


• 


s 


= 


i 


§ 


; 


: 


i 


d'H 


^ 


- 


= 


= 


' 


: 


' 


' 


us 


i-H 


r 


* 


; 


3 dA X 


1 


S 


= 


: 


: 




; 


= 


' 


S 




~ 


' 




Ol3B>J 
UOISSILUSUBJJ^ 


i 


I 


1 


i 


i 


i 


i 
o 


I 




4 


3 


4 


i 

<* 


dH 


- 


- 


^ 


^ 


^ 


^ 


^ 


g5 


- 


;£ 


^ 


?? 


^ 




30UB3SIQ 
J35U33 Ol J3JU3Q 


r< 


r* 


r* 


?■* 


rs 


r< 


b 


rs 


f-J 


* 


00 


r^ 


r* 


iqgpf-j 


^ 


^ 


^ 


i 


^ 


^ 


^ 


^ 


Ss 


i! 


^ 


i 


r^ 


joAsauoq jo urry 
zuoj-} jo qiSusq 


r* 




b 
<*s 








00 




if 


r» 


b 

f0 




00 


aoAaAuo^ jo 

UOItJBUIJDUJ 


o 
us 


o 

o 


o 
us 


o 

o 


o 

o 
fs 


o 

O 


o 

o 


o 

X 


o 

o 


o 




o 


o 

o 




us 


3t|Sp]-^ aSjBlpSIQ 


b 


h 


b 
Is 




US 

00 


| 


b 


C 


b 


US 


b 

00 


b 

00 


rs 


ipd3Q qausnf) 


b 


b 


b 

rs 


r*S 


b 


b 
cs 


00 




ir 

r*S 




b 


b 

rs 


00 


mply\\ JOA3AUOQ 


00 


00 


s s 






k 


b 


b 


1 


b 


53 


5 s 


1 


JOASAUOQ 

3dA X 


IS 


is 


la 


is 


1« 

IS 


in 

IS 


IS 




to 


IS 


in 
IS 


IS 






on >1 UB X 


5 


1 s 

CS 


1 * 


1 rt 


1 cs 


! 8 

1 fS 


r4 

1 ro 




< 


5 


1 Si 


* 


1 ¥ 



PAGE 40 




U bJ 




Charging a Vertical Carburizer. Automatic Temperature Control 

is employed with the thermocouple located in the combustion 

chamber. Some installations are now using the thermocouple 

inside the retort. 



w ! 



u 

CL 

igi 

O UJ cc 

b oc P 



hi u 



Rotary Retort Furnaces 
Vertical Retort Furnaces 



m < 
= z 

H CC 

3 



for Carburizing and 
Other Processes 



O LJ 

E Z 

ej£ 



it 

< CO 



_ 



c 

[ 



Rotary Retort Furnaces 
Batch Type 

for Carburizing, Hardening, 

Annealing or High Temperature Calcining 

and Roasting 




Battery of No. 4 Rotary Retort Furnaces 

A.G.F. Batch Type Rotary Retort Furnaces (also known as 
Rotary Carburizers) are extensively used for carburizing with 
either gas or compound, These furnaces are also excellently 
adapted for ammonia -gas case hardening, annealing or normal- 
izing under a controlled atmosphere. The furnace is so con- 
structed that any desired atmosphere can be introduced into 
the sealed retort. 

A.G.F. Batch Type Rotary Retort Furnaces are also extensively 
used in the chemical industry for roasting, calcining, etc. 



UJ < 

> Z 

o a 



id u 

c!S£ 



UJ o 
CO < 

2 Z 



2. 



: < 



Advantages 

1. Uniformity. Gentle mixing from retort rotation assures 
uniformity of temperature, allowing rapid heat -up without 
overheating any part of the load. 

Versatility. Construction and combustion system of furnaces 
permits use for wide variety of work under atmosphere 
control at temperatures to 1800°F. A wide variety of work 
can be carburized or heated in the same furnace in inde- 
pendent charges — the time, temperature, etc. being fixed 
for each load. 

Tilting. Easily operated tilting device minimizes labor of 
charging and discharging. Work can be quenched directly 

Page 41 



i- 
p! 



DC Z 
UJ It 



< O 

I ° 




5. 



Battery of Rotary Carburizing Furnaces. 

from the furnace without additional handling, or slow 
cooled as desired. 

By using gas as a carburizing medium, or through the use 
of loose compound in the retort, the tedious handling and 
upkeep of boxes, etc. is eliminated. 

Low Upkeep, Heavy walled alloy retort, location of moving 
parts outside the heat and sturdy construction throughout 
result in extremely low upkeep. 

Low operating cost. Because the retort remains in the 
furnace at all times and because the latest types of insulating 
refractory lining is used, thermal efficiency is high and retort 
life is long. 







Approximate 


Retort 


Operating Data 
















Rotary 


Capacity 


Charge 






s_ c 


3^ ■ 


Carb'g. 


Furnace 


2/3 full 


Capacity 


Inside 


Avail- 


<&1 


oh I 


Gas 


No. 


cu. in. 


Lbs. 


Dia 


able 


£>± 


gCQUL 


C.F.H. 






/ Steel \ 
IParts^ 




Length 


2^u 


rr n-v O 

^ 2 




*00 


95 


8 to 12 


4" 


12" 


8 


30 


30 





275 


25 to 35 


5 3/4" 


16" 


11 


45 


50 


IF 


900 


60 to 90 


7Vz" 


30" 


20 


125 


60 


2G 


6,000 


400 to 500 


14%" 


45" 


52 


375 


100 


2H 


6,000 


400 to 500 


**14 3 4" 


48" 


52 


375 


100 


4 


18,500 


1200 to 1500 


**24" 


75" 


110 


660 


275 



*This size has short legs for mounting on low table. 
**Barrel shaped, 12-sided retort, measured across flats. 




No. IF Rotary 
Retort Furnace 



PAGE 42 




Carburizing with Gas 

The use of carburizing compound with dust and dirt and ad- 
ditional labor is eliminated by using gas as the carburizing 
medium. As the carburizing medium, some city gases, natural 
gas or propane may be employed. Natural gas is generally used 
as it comes from the supply line. Propane is customarily 
premixed in the ratio of one part of propane to two parts of air. 

Construction 

The construction of these furnaces is modern throughout, 
including lining of insulating refractory backed with block 
insulation, heat-resisting alloy burners, super refractory burner 
tunnels, single valve ratio set, heat-resisting alloy retort, etc. 

Combustion System 

The furnace is uniformly heated by numerous burners firing 
tangentially into the heating chamber through super refractory 
burner tunnels. The smaller model furnaces are arranged for 
one zone control. The larger models can be furnished with 
multi-zone control. 

Fuel 

Furnaces, are regularly supplied to use manufactured gas, 
natural gas, mixed gas, propane or butane. Model 2-G, Model 
2-H and Model 4-B furnaces can be arranged for oil firing. 



I 



U LI 

IS- 

O 



zul 

tu < L 




LU W 



4 



Ul u 

flfl < 

3 Z 

h- cc 



PAGE 43 





Charging one of a battery of No. 2B Rotary Retort Furnaces 

The No. 4 Rotary Retort Carburizers shown on page 41 and below are our 
latest and largest size furnaces. The retort has 12 sides, 24" across the flats 
and tapering at the ends to 13 V 2 " diameter, inside length being 75", average 
capacity approximately 1500 pounds of work. It is arranged to use three 
temperature controls, one at each end and one in the center zone. A wide 
range of retort speed is provided, plus power tilting. 




No. 4 Rotary 
Retort Furnace. 
Note 3 zone con- 
trol. 



Page 44 



a. 

o 111 




Model 268 Batch Type Rotary Retort Furnace with modified 
tilting device and drive to permit tilting retort to vertical 
position, and removal of retort and work from furnace. 

General construction, specifications, etc, similar to the Model 
2-G Rotary Retort Furnace per page 42. Retort 14 Vi" inside 
diameter by 45" available heated length. 

Illustration above shows furnace in normal horizontal running 
position. Bottom illustration shows furnace in vertical position 
for unloading work and /or retort. 




Page 45 





Rotary 
Retort - 
Furnaces L 



Batch Type 

for Tempering, 

Coloring or 

Low 

Temperature 

Calcining and 

Roasting 



For parts or material which may be gently tumbled, there is no 
surer way of obtaining uniformity than by the use of A.G.F. 
Rotary Retort Furnaces. 

The slow rotation assures that every portion of the material 
or work pieces is subjected to the same temperature and atmos- 
phere as every other portion. Heating is exceptionally rapid and 
far more uniform than can be obtained in a stationary furnace, 
either with or without convective circulation. 

Standard furnaces listed below can be operated at temperatures 
up to 1000°F. 

Ferrous metals may be readily given any specific temper color. 
Where desired, A.G.F. Rotary Furnaces permit tempering and 
blackening to be combined into one operation. The resulting 
black Carbonia Finish* is rust resistant to a high degree, may 
be polished, and will not chip, spall or flake off. 

*Carbonia Finish is the original "gun metal finish 1 ' introduced by the Ameri- 
can Gas Furnace Co., and proven through 50 years successful use. 









Size of 


CAPACITY 






Size of 




Filled to 


Maximum 




Retort 


Entrance 




Entrance 


Gas Con- 


Furnace 


In Inches 


or 


Half Full 


Only for Small 


sumption 


No. 




Neck 




Work 


1050 B.T.U. 
Cu. Ft. 
Per Hr. 








Dia. 


InCu. In 


In Cu. 


In 




Dia. 


Length 




Inches 


Lbs. 


Inches 


Lbs. 




51 


15 


15y 4 


6 


1,400 


60 


650 


30 


60 


64 


20 


30 


9 


4,700 


225 


2,150 


100 


100 


64-G 


20 


32 


12 


5,050 


250 


1,425 


75 


100 


64-C 


20 


32 


19 J4 

18 V 2 




For 


fixture 


work 


100 


71 


30 


48 


18,000 


835 


4,650 


215 


313 


71-B 


28 


42 


11% 


15,000 


645 


6,500 


280 


375 



PAGE 46 



: 
: 



Vertical Retort 
Gas Carburizers 




] 

: 



The No. 19-C Vertical Retort Gas Carburizer illustrated above has a retort 
30" inside diameter x 45" available depth. This furnace can be equipped 
with either a top or bottom mounted fan for recirculating the carburizing 
gas. See tabulation on page 52 for complete specifications. 

PAGE 47 



2- 



51 



lie 

E 2 1 



cc z 

03 



^ 


CO 




DC 


5 
z 
o 


! 


S 
Z 


o 
o 

CO 


< 


to 








J 




Vertical Retort 
Gas 



Vertical Retort Gas Carburizers are suited for work such as 
bearing races, long shafts, crankshafts, gears and other parts 
that cannot be handled in Rotary Retort Carburizing Furnaces. 
Ni-Carbing, clean hardening, clean annealing and other at- 
mosphere work can be performed without modification of the 



FAN BEARING HOUSING 

COVER SWING 
HANDLE 

RETORT 
_ COVER 

SAND 
SEAL 

RETORT 



FAN BELT 



THERMOCOUPLE- 
HOLE 




MOTOR 



HINGED SPIDER 

TANGENTIAL 
BURNERS 



BEARING 
SUPPORT 



LIFT TUBE 
BEARING 



COVER LIFTING 
TUBE 



KETORT 
SUPPORTS 



AIR CYLINDER 
(iB - STROKE) 



CARBURIZING GAS INLET 
Nomenclature and cross -sectional diagram of No. 31 Vertical 
Retort Gas Carburizer with top mounted recirculating fan. 



page 48 



Vertical Retort 
Gas Carburizers 

furnace. The atmosphere gas is 
introduced through a suitable 
inlet in the bottom of the 
positively sealed retort, passing 
through a baffle to insure its 
uniform circulation around the 
work. After heat treatment the 
work can be slow cooled in the 
furnace, quenched from heat, air 
cooled or pit cooled. 




U hi 



No. 28 Vertical Gas Carburizer 



Advantages 

1. Uniformity, The vertical retort is located completely 
within the furnace chamber. Many small burners fire tangen- 
tially into the furnace chamber to eliminate direct flame im- 
pingement upon the retort. Heat input is balanced to give 
uniformity of temperature from top to bottom as well as entirely 
around the retort, thus insuring uniform carburizing results. 

2. Saving In Labor. The tedious packing and handling of 
carburizing boxes is eliminated. 

3. Saving In Time. Elimination of the use of carburizing 
compound which acts as an insulator permits the heating cycle 
to be shortened over old fashioned pack carburizing methods. 

4. Work Handling Facilitated. Either a heavy bottom plate 
with eye bolts or baskets can be used for handling the work. 
Heavy loads are quickly and easily handled with an overhead 
crane. 

5. Long Alloy Life. Location of the retort completely within 
the heat at all times and uniform heating insures long alloy life 
—normal life expectancy is from 5,000 to 7,500 heat hours service, 
although some retorts have had a recorded life of up to 30,000 
hours. 

6. Furnace and retort cover are quickly and easily operated. 
A pneumatic lifting device is employed on the large units and 
an efficient manually operated mechanism is standard on the 
smaller models No. 13-H and 28. 

Page 49 












UJ u 

m < 

3 Z 

I- cc 



O uj 



< o 
i 9 




Vertical Retort Gas Carburizers 

General Construction 

The furnace casing is fabricated of heavy steel plate and is lined 
with efficient, high grade insulating refractory backed with 
block insulation. 

Retort 

The heavy walled retort is cast of the best obtainable heat 
resisting alloy — 35% nickel, 15% chromium or 60% nickel, 
12% chromium. 

Covers 

The inner retort cover which is positioned into a sand seal is of 
the same alloy as the retort. An outer refractory cover suitably 
reinforced is employed to close the furnace heating chamber. 
The complete cover assembly is raised by a pneumatic cylinder 
on the larger models and by a manual mechanism on the No. 
13-H and 28 models. 

Recirculating Fan 

The parts of the recirculating fan assembly subject to heat are 
fabricated of heat resisting alloy. Fan shaft bearings are located 
away from the heat to reduce maintenance to a minimum. 

An inner alloy sleeve or work handling baskets with solid walls 
are employed if the nature of the work requires uni -directional 
circulation. 

Carburizing Gas 

As the carburizing medium, some manufactured gases, natural 
gas or propane may be employed. Natural gas is generally used 
simply as it comes from the supply line. Where propane is used, 
it is customary to premix same in the ratio of one part of propane 
to two parts of air or to suitably dilute it with prepared at- 
mospheres. 

Location 

Vertical Retort Gas Carburizers are normally installed in a 
concrete lined pit as shown in the illustration on page 48 with 
the top of the furnace extending up from one to two and a half 
feet above floor level. 



Page 50 




§ 



'M 




> 2 



?? 



UJ W. 

= i 



UJ o 

CO < 

=> Z 

I- DC 



O UJ 

ce z 

UJ u. 
03 



No. 31 Vertical Retort Gas Carburizer, retort 22" inside diameter x 84" avail- 
able depth, with top mounted fan for recirculation of carburizing gas. 



PAGE 51 



5 O 

It 
II 

< w 














pping 
eight 
unds 


o 
o 
<* 


* 


© 
© 
© 


© 
© 
in 


1 

© 








<«*&■ 


r*j 


rt 


© 




00 


^f 












" 


<s 


«S 






x. <*■> 


















■5 o -o 


o 
© 


© 
© 


§ 


© 
© 


© 
© 


g 






£ a § 


© 


W 


w, 


X 


00 


o 






a o 


r0 


m 


CT 


© 


in 


M 






8 < a 








iH 


(S 


r< 






z w 




















X 








„ 


% 


% 










O 


sO 


WP 


© 


rO 


© 




M 

u 



£ 1 


Q 


1 


r^ 


lO 


00 


00 


V 




|£ s 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




N 


£ s 




1 1 


00 90 
1 1 


©* 
1 1 


©^b 
i i 


©© 
i i 


©sO 
1 1 




•m 






tsrv 


hstN 


00 00 


aoac 


^(S 


cr»a> 




It 




































s 


aoedg 

JOOJJ 


X 

©c> 
1 1 


X 

i i 


X 

i i 


X 

©sD 
J I 


X 
1 l 


X 

©<>> 
i 1 


u 
w 

s 


u 
















1 


















13 


a 


bO 


uoneinsuj 

>p°ia 






TT 


^ 

«* 


^ 

t 


^ 

■* 


b 


u 


c 
c 
















3 
















» o 


01 


J 


AJ03DBJJ3^I 

SunBinsuj 


^ 

•* 






S? 

** 


C> 


^ 

f 






( xoaddy) 

H'J'3 [wm»N 
sbq SuizunqjBQ 


© 


8 


I 


© 




© 
© 


.Sac 
ill 

3g*0 
«P « i 







ajnssajj zo 91 ib 
















•JN'd'O F» J ! nb3 y 




a* 


P2 

sD 


n 


R 


K 


^3 


CO 

Ml 

c 


jiy Lunuj]xBjAi 














u .2 « 

•S3t 

o £ 1 


E £j5 w 

o 


3«8 




wsooH 


2«fH 


gl=! 




©o . 


y 

a 
O 


X ES 


^PQ 


w ffl 


2d 


2a 


£CQ 


Sm 




a 


E 

3 

£ 


«n§D 


© • 

©©>-: 


«Jp 


ioS=> 


mSD 


© § 3 


l c « 
iS%« i 

co E 


u 

•Pi 




"x 

CO 

2 


2ffl 






Sod 


rf PQ 




■a Si 

6 3 y 

w es 


44 




















c £ a 

3 : m 

fill 

55t 


fa 



> 


O L. "" 

JiJ5 


paiBjadQ 
A(ienuB[/\ 


> 


> 










pa^BisdQ 
















AnBonBOinauj 














52 o 




















* *S 




i- 


mdsQ 

3|qBiiBAy 






1 


b 


5? 


00 


■o-o u 

||| 




v> 




































c* 


BIQ SpiSUJ 


00 


tfc 


© 


So 


* 






•o^ jazunqjBQ 


00 


1 


U 

i 

CT 




w 








[eoujaA 


es 


~* 




<S 




n 






1 
















«?» 











PAGE 52 



: 

c 




U uj 






Muffle and Assay Furnaces 

Large Muffle Furnaces 
(Ceramic Muffle) 

Muffle Furnaces with Cooling Extension 

Controlled Atmosphere Muffle Furnaces 

"Bell Oven" Furnaces 

Push Through Muffle 
Furnaces 






UJ u 

SIS 

S 



O lJ 
UJ < 

cc z 



<§ 

I ° 



c 



Muffle and 

Assay 

Furnaces 




No. 6C Muffle Furnace 
with streamlined casing. 



A.G.F. Muffle Furnaces are equip- 
ped with full muffles to protect 
the work from the products of com- 
bustion. The lining is of molded 
hard burned refractory. The fur- 
naces are equipped with alloy 
burners served by a Single Valve 
Ratio set mixing system as describ- 
ed on page 158. The furnaces are 
available with either a streamlined 

casing as illustrated above or with cast iron legs as shown 
below. These muffle furnaces are regularly supplied for oper- 
ation at 2000°F, but special provision can be made to operate at 

temperatures to 2400°F. Larger 
sizes are described on page 54. 

Muffle Furnaces equipped with a 
back draft for circulation of air 
through muffle are known as Assay 
Furnaces. 







No. 6 Muffle Furnace 
with cast iron legs. 




Back Draft For Assaying. 




Streamlined 
Casing 


Cast Iron 
Legs 


Inside 


Dim. of Muffle 


Max. Gas 

Cons. 

(1050 

B.T.U ) 

cu. ft./ 

hr. 


Max. Air 


u 


Cl) 

o 


u 


v 

Q 

« E 

% 3 


Req. at 
16 oz. 


= 30 


Width 


Height 


Length 


cu. ft./ 
min. 






*2%B 


*2%C 


4%" 


2 V4" 


7W 


40 


6 


4C 


2C 


4 


2 


6%" 


3 V 


12" 


85 


12 


6C 


3C 


6 


3 


12" 


5%" 


14" 


143 


19 



*Bench type furnace. 



PAGE 53 



S o 
I ° 





Large Muffle 
Furnaces 



(Ceramic Muffle) 



£"\UR large Muffle Furnaces are similar in construction and 
outward appearance to the Oven Furnaces shown on pages 
91 - 95, but are equipped with high temperature ceramic 
muffles to protect the work from the products of combustion. 
Special modifications can be provided, where desired, such as 
rear venting of the muffle, atmosphere inlet, and door clamping 
arrangement to seal door tightly against the muffle for con- 
taining the atmosphere. 

These Muffle Furnaces are usually provided for maximum 
temperatures ranging from 2000° to 2400°F., as specified when 
ordering. 

Linings are of high temperature insulating refractory backed 
with block insulation. The burners are served by a Single Valve 
Ratio Set to give one valve control of gas and air, utilizing gas 
at line pressure and air at one to two pounds per square inch. 

To assure uniformity numerous small burners are employed, 
the main burners firing above the muffle and just under the 
arch of the furnace, while supplementary smaller burners fire 
below the muffle. The products of combustion are forced 
through vents located beneath the muffle and extending up 
through the back wall of the furnace. 







Inside Dim. of 













No of 




d 




Muffle 


2 

0[jj 


4_> « 

ai 




SSx 




Bur- 
ners 




2 












Floor 


y 

c 
5 


x 


"0 '5 




c 


Is 


el 


CO ■ 

-0 a 

8 6 










Space 


[fa 


£X 


UX 


J3 


x£ 


h^ 


wh 


2 5cQ 


2u£ 


- 




27B 


9 i/ 2 " 


4V 4 " 


4«/ 4 " 


14" 


42" 


2 


2400 


200 


30 


b 


4 


53" x 40" 


28 


13" 


4" 


6" 


173/4" 


42" 


1 


2000 


125 


17 


b 


4 


40" x 60" 


30 


14" 


4V 2 " 


8" 


25" 


43" 


1 


2000 


200 


30 


s 


b 


54" x 55" 


32 


14" 


8" 


14" 


1M*" 


42" 


2 


2400 


263 


35 


6 


4 


56" x 52" 


33 


14" 


«P 


10" 


21" 


42" 


2 


2400 


300 


40 


s 


b 


48" x 54" 


35 


8V4" 


5Vz" 


13" 


42" 


2 


2500 


300 


40 


b 


4 


54" x 46" 



PAGE 54 




U Li 



° / 



< u. 



UJ < 

> z 

O DC 

3 



Muffle Furnaces 

(Heat Resisting Alloy Muffle with Water Jacketed Cooling Extension) 

| HIS series of Muffle Furnaces is designed primarily for use 
•■" in the precious metals and jewelry industries. They are 

extensively used for the bright annealing of silver and gold, 

silver soldering, etc. 

The furnace heating chamber is lined with efficient high grade 
insulating refractory and is uniformly heated by numerous 
alloy burners. The heat resisting alloy muffle has a water 
jacketed cooling extension. Certain models can be equipped 
with a bottom door in the cooling extension to permit quenching 
of gold to achieve the desired physical characteristics. In some 
cases a water spray quench is used beyond the water -jacketed 
cooling extension to speed up the cooling operation, thus in- 
creasing production. 

To provide atmosphere gas, an Ammonia Dissociator, as shown 
on pages 75-78 can be used, or if preferred bottled atmosphere 
gas can be used. 



1 







Muffle 












Inside Dimensions 








11 


1 






Length 
ailable 
Deduct 


4-1 

O w 


X 
Oh 

8CQ 




1 


X 


JZ 


■8<-St 


Ss 


^ 


<s 


in 








Heat 
(For 
Leng 
2"tc 


s 


2 


2« 


68C 


9" 


2H" 


24" 


36 W' 


113 


15 


3'-6"W. 
9'10i/ 2 "L. 


68D 


9" 


2%" 


36" 


*sy 2 » 


150 


20 


3'-6"W. 
12'-10V 2 *L- 


68E 


9" 


4" 


36" 


48" 


190 


25 


3'-6"W. 
12'-10i/ 2 "L. 


92A 


18" 


8" 


38" 


72" 


238 


32 


6'-6"W. 
15'-3"L. 


95 


9" 


2H" 


14" 


23" 


50 


7 


2'-10"W. 
8'-6"L. 


95A 


6" 


2" 


14" 


23" 


50 


7 


2'-10"W. 
8'-6"L. 



UJ o 
00 < 
=» Z 



33 
111 li. 



I 9 

£ to 

O 




Controlled Atmosphere 

Muffle 

Furnaces 

(Heat - Resisting 
Alloy Muffle) 




Controlled Atmosphere Muffle Furnaces are used for clean 
hardening, annealing, carburizing, as well as for other general 
and atmosphere work. 

These Muffle Furnaces are lined and burnered for operation at 
maximum temperatures ranging from 1850°F, to 2100°F., 
depending upon muffle size. General construction of these 
furnaces is: similar to the Oven Furnaces described on pages 91-95. 

A rear atmosphere gas inlet is provided. The sliding seal door 
and automatic curtain flame burner insure positive control of 
the atmosphere within the muffle at all times. 







Inside Muffle 






£ 










Dimen. (Approx. 




















^ 


•IX 


g 


















V 
u 








u 




. ch 


< ■ a 


Approx. 
Floor Space 


II 


•o 


X 


CD « 


9-g 

5 c 


CO ■ 

-o a 
c E 


<U2 


go 8 

B-B* 

aw 


Dimensions 


43 


8" 


6" 


8" 


12" 


2100 


150 


25 


48" x 47" 


44 


10" 


8" 


10" 


18" 


2100 


175 


30 


50" x 53" 


45 


12" 


8" 


10" 


24" 


2100 


200 


34 


52" x 59" 


40 


15" 


10" 


13" 


30" 


1850 


260 


44 


55" x 65" 


41 


18" 


12" 


15" 


36" 


1850 


305 


51 


58" x 84" 


46 


24" 


14" 


17" 


45" 


1850 


400 


67 


65" x 96" 



PAGE 56 



it 



Bell Oven" Furnaces 



(Patented) 






These furnaces are de- 
signed to combine the con- 
venience of the Oven Fur- 
nace with the characteristics 
of the Bell Furnace. 

The alloy bell is linked to 
the door mechanism so that, 
as the door is opened, the 
bell rises from its sand seal 
on the hearth, permitting 
the operator to charge or 
discharge freely, while, when 
the door closes, the bell 
replaces itself to provide full 
muffle protection around 
the work. 

The atmosphere inlet at 
the top of the bell permits 
the introduction of any de- 
sired atmosphere. The 
thermocouple is inside the 
bell and is so arranged that 
it is not directly affected by 
the flame temperature. 

Lining, burnering, etc., 
are all in conformity with 
our improved 200 series 
Oven Furnaces, see pages 
91-94. 

All kinds of atmosphere 
work may be done, includ- 
ing carburizing, nitriding, 
"Ni-Caibing/ 1 clean hard- 
ening and bright annealing 
and brazing. It may also 
be used for any other job 
which could be done in a 
regular Oven Furnace. 

For cylindrical bell fur- 
naces see pages 69-73. 




% 



Ml < 

> z 

°i 



o 5 

°-5 



Diagram Section Through Furnace 
Showing Bell. 



LJ U 

CO < 

3 Z 

I- DC 





Bell 

Muffle 
Dimensions 


Gas Con. 

1050 B.t.u. 

Gas Cu. 

F. perH. 


Max. air Req. 

Cu. Ft. Per Min. at 

16 oz. Pressure 


Pipe 
Connec- 
tions 




1 CO 




'3 

X 


C 

u 


E 

"3 

CO 

1 


CO 

bC, ■ 

i° 

-no 
"oP 


O 


< 


Floor 
Space 


200C 
205E 


113/ 4 " 
H 3 /4" 


4V 4 " 
6" 


14 %" 

23 W 


125 
150 


30 
40 


25 
30 


1" 
1" 


iy 4 " 


40" x 54" 

48" x 54" 



PAGE 57 



O u 

I- o 

£ 5 

_l p 



i ° 

< w 
O 




Controlled Atmosphere 

Brazing and Annealing 

Furnaces 




r 

L 

r 
L 

r 



Model 51 Push Through Muffle Furnace 



A.G.F. Brazing and Annealing Furnaces are available in a stand- 
ard range for operation at 1600°F. to 2100°F. for bright annealing, 
copper brazing and atmospheric hardening of regular and 
stainless steels using hydrogen or other atmospheres. 

Extended range models for 1150° to 2100°F. operation are suitable 
for all operations described above and can additionally perform 
work such as silver soldering, annealing of both ferrous, non- 
ferrous and precious metals. 

Cooling is accomplished fast enough in the water -jacketed 
extension to harden most air hardening types of stainless and 
high carbon, high chrome steels, while still under atmospheric 
protection. 



Flexibility. 

Production heat treating departments can handle batch trays 
of various quantities of parts independently. 

Construction features enable positive atmosphere control 
within the muffle in the heating chamber and cooling extension 
by means of the purge vestibules which are provided at the work 
entrance and the discharge end of the furnace. 

Page 58 




O bl 



Simplicity. 

A.G.F. Brazing and Annealing Furnaces have no wearing parts 
in the heat. The simplified combustion system using heat 
resisting alloy burners, the heavy duty lining construction, 
etc., reduce maintenance to a minimum. 

After the heating cycle is completed, the work tray is pushed 
into the water -jacketed cooling muffle and thence into the 
discharge end vestibule where it is removed. 



UJ < 

> Z 

o a 



CONSTRUCTION FEATURES 

The purge vestibules, the heating chamber, water -jacketed 
cooling muffle, together with work tables at both ends are 
mounted onto common structural members insuring positive 
alignment of all parts. 



HEATING CHAMBER CONSTRUCTION 

Alloy Muffle. 

The muffle is constructed of the best available heat resisting 
alloy, composition 60% nickel, 12% chromium, or better, to 
withstand operation at temperatures up to 2100°F. 

High Quality, High Efficiency Lining. 

The lining comprises 4%" high grade insulating refractory 

backed up with block insulation. 

Combustion System. 

The new A.G.F. Brazing and Annealing Furnaces, with either 
the standard or extended operating range are equipped with an 
air-gas pressure fired proportional combustion system. Maxi- 
mum temperature uniformity is assured by the use of many 
burners firing into both sides of the amply sized combustion 
chamber, both above and below the muffle. 

These furnaces are equipped with the A.G.F. simplified Single 
Valve Ratio Set Mixing Systems which employ Venturi action 
mixers. Air at a pressure of approximately 2 pounds per square 
inch is used to proportionately entrain fuel gas for proper 
combustion. 



UJ 



UJ o I 

CO < ■ 

=t z 1 

I- DC I 



Casing . 

The furnace casing is constructed of welded steel plate suitably 
reinforced with structural members welded and bolted together. 

EXTENSION CONSTRUCTION 

Water -Jacketed Cooling Muffle. 

The cooling muffle fabricated of stainless steel is flanged and 
bolted to the heating chamber muffle to achieve the best possible 
positive seal. 



O U 

cc z 



< o 



Page 59 



5 ° 
I ° 





Model 50 Push Through Muffle Furnace 



Automatic Curtain Flame Burners. 

Stable air-gas curtain flame burners are provided at both 
entrances. These burners operate automatically when doors at 
either ends are open. Air-gas pilots are provided for the curtain 
burners and to ignite atmosphere gas venting out through the 
door openings. 

WORK BASKETS 

The furnace is supplied with amply sized work conveying 
baskets, specially designed with runners for ease in operation 
and positioning. See tabulation on page 61 for size of work trays. 
The charge and discharge end vestibules have counter balanced 
hinged doors, having a flapper for easy insertion of the tray 
push rod. Extension platforms are provided for positioning 
loading and unloading of the work trays. Both the charge and 
discharge vestibules have sliding gates to insure positive at- 
mosphere containment within the heating and cooling muffles. 

AMMONIA DISSOCIATOR 

A suitably sized A.G.F. Ammonia Dissociator, complete with 
ammonia flow meter panel, can be supplied for use in conjunc- 
tion with these furnaces. 



Page 60 



9J9L)dSOLUJV U^OJpAH 



(A 

U 
18 

C 

s 



a H / ij n D 

'SB') ibn -fi'X'Q 

OS 01 'uopduunsuo^ 

sbq xbj/nj xojddy§ 



ui bs/sm Z /il 1° " U !IA1 



3 IH B X P u 3 »Sjbl|OS!Q 
pue aSuBLQ 'LpSu^[ 



puB sSjbio 'ipSuaq £$ 



(8 
9 
C 

fi 

(8 



N 

(8 

ft! 






•5 cd 



mWua'l ^iqB|iBAy 



q}d3Q siqBiiBAy 



mP>AV ^p!«u| 



4. ipSuaq p33B3H 
31JjniAi 



• xojddy 



^ EC 



^ 



UJ < 

> Z 



r^ 



r 






33 

go 



o 







c g 
■a a 
S a 



in 



•ON PP°iA! 

30BUjnj 



■0 5 

* %i 

*z JS .2. 

as 2 

C 9 m 
fi « * 

& * j2 

2 K * 

3 3 .a 



5d 



in 



K 2 



Sis 

S .2 S 
3 v „ 

e S & 

e 3 ■ 

>» 2 2 
c -5 
«•§ § 

£ w 5 



PAGE 61 



O UJ 

h o 

UJ < 

cc z 

uj E 



< O 

5 CO 



c 
c 
c 
c 
c 

c 
c 
c 





Making Metallic Tungsten Powder in a Tube Furnace, Temperatures 

must be controlled in zones for a definite cycle to obtain a satisfactory 

product. 



Rectangular and Cylindrical Tube 
Furnaces for . . . 

Wire and Strip Annealing 

Wire and Strip Hardening 

Bright Annealing 

Reducing Various Oxides and 
Salts to Powdered Metal 



< CO 

U LU 

h 



UJ < 

> Z 

°S 



d 

s 



; 



3s 

CD 



< 



So 

ig 

< CO 

Q 




< CO 

O Ul CO 

I'" 

o ■ 

z ! 



Tube Furnaces 



No. 71 
Tube Furnace. Inside chamber 
length— 29 V 2 ". WiU take a tube U P 
to 3 y 2 " outside diameter. 

Max. gas cons. — 100 C.F.H. 
(1050 B.T.U. Gas). 

Max. Air— 16 C.F.M. at 16 oz. 




uj < 

> ; 
o i 



T^HESE furnaces have been so named because in practically 
every case one or more tubes, through which work is passed, 
are heated in them. They find wide application. 
They are all of welded steel construction with a lining of insula- 
ting refractory backed by block insulation. Heat-resisting alloy 
burners fire into super refractory burner tunnels supporting 
combustion and protecting the surrounding brickwork. Our 
single valve ratio system provides the maximum flexibility in 
operation. 

Tube Furnaces are supplied with one or more round, oval or 
rectangular tubes, either horizontal or inclined in practically 
any length. 

In the single tube furnaces, the flame rotates around the tube 
to give extremely uniform heating. In multiple tube furnaces, 
the tubes are so spaced and burners so arranged as to obtain 
correspondingly uniform heating. 

PAGE 63 



O uj 
I- o 

SI 
zip 



< o 



f 9 

£ CO 

< CO 

a 




(Tube Furnaces Cont'd) 

Hardening 

Strip 

Steel 

and 

Wire 







3 9 ed ^ C . 
fe u 3 C 

* r S ff Q 



OX i r * ' * i* 

fe sx « p*s o r 1 

O M 9 bc«^- I ■ 



Ml C 



PAGE 64 




(Tube Furnaces Cont'd) 

Annealing 

"pOR the annealing of brass 
*■ and bronze wire strip, 
etc., tube furnaces are em- 
ployed, the work being either 
drawn through a tube exten- 
sion sealing into a quench or 
through a water-jacketed 
cooling extension. In some 
cases these furnaces are set 
at an angle. 



Reduction 
of Oxides, etc. 

For the manufacture of me- 
tallic tungsten, molybden- 
um, etc., long Tube Furnaces 
are generally employed with 
a number of tubes through 
which boats containing the 
material to be reduced are 
pushed, the material being 
subjected to a reducing 
atmosphere under definite 
time-temperature condi- 
tions. An installation of 
this type is shown on the 
preceding index page. 



No. 72 Tube Furnace having a 
chamber length of 20'. It will take 
six tubes 2 V£" inside diameter. 

The entrance is reg. 2" high, max. 
4" x 20" wide. 

Max. air— 85 C.F.M. at 16 oz. 

Max. cons. (1050 B.T.U. Gas)— 
500 C.F.H. 



PAGE 65 






CO 

Li 

Z cj 

UJ < 

> z 



CO co 

UJ qc 
EL uj 

qg 



H 
I CO 

O LLl 






5 o 
I o 

£ CO 
< CO 

p 




No. 79 Tube Furnace 

This furnace is designed for continuous annealing of non-ferrou- 
strip or wire. The lower end is used as the discharge so that the 
end of the tube or muffle may be extended under the level of the 
quenching bath, thus forming a liquid seal for maintaining the 
atmosphere. The heating chamber is 9'-6" long and will take a 
tube up to 2 W' high x 6" wide outside. The center height is 47 U" 
at one end and 27 V 2 " at the other. Max. cons, of 1050 B T U gas 
is 188 C.F.H. and max. air required is 30 C.F.M. at 16 oz. pressure 




No. 80 Tube Furnace 



For heat treating work in a tube or muffle under special atmos- 
pheres. Casters may be supplied as illustrated to facilitate move- 
ment. 

The heating chamber is 72" long and will take a tube up to 2V 2 " 

C IV nlpTn^' The maximum g^ consumption is 225 
<-.* .ti. of 1050 B.T.U. gas and the maximum air required is 35 C.F M 
at lo oz. pressure. 



Page 66 





■M 



> Z 



No. 78 Tube Furnace 

For the continuous heat treatment of strip up to approx. 10" wide 
with positive atmosphere control. A spray quenching unit, as 
illustrated, may be supplied for annealing brass, etc. The remov- 
able roof is in 4 sections. Chamber — 8'-0" lg. Standard tube — 
12" wide x l 1 //' high inside. Maximum tube — 13" wide x 4" high 
outside. Max. gas cons.— 300 C.F.H. 1050 B.T.LL gas. Max. air— 
45 C.F.M. at 16 oz. pressure. 




Q. uj 

a 



O u 

h o 

LU < 

QC Z 

_. * 



No. 84 Tube Furnace 

The furnace above and similar ones are used for the reduction of 
various metallic oxides such as tungsten, etc Its usual application 
is for 19 tubes, 2 3 4" O.D. Max. entrance size— 34" wide x 7 x /t' high. 
Chamber 16'-6" lg. Max. gas cons.— 500 C.F.H. 1050 B.T.U. gas. 
Max. air required — 75 C.F.M. at 16 oz. pressure. 



PAGE 67 



< o 

i 2 

< </i 




Model 106-A Tube Furnace 

I^S/ bOVe u furr ! aCe is suitab 1 le , f <> r "se in the reduction of various metallic 
oxides such as tungsten, molybdenum etc. The furnace has a heatedTength 
™. ffi V u di W1 ^ C en H ance readlJ y accommodates ten 4V 2 " diameter 

m«fntln-„ b o?- f PlIot< % d ?ombustion blocks and zone construction pTrmlt 
maintenance of any desired temperature or temperature gradation from 




Model 108 Tube Furnace 

5!^°' , 108 Furnace was designed primarily for the atmosphere brazine of 
riSSi^ 1 C ? nta S ts; however, this versatile furnace can also oeufed for 




Bell Retort Furnaces 



°z I 
z| 1 

> £ J 

o 

4^ 



M 



For bright copper brazing 
of stainless steels, 
annealing, and other 
atmosphere work. 



UJ < 

> Z 

o a 



CC 
O 



LU CC 

a. uj 

E z 

M 



a? 




[ 

[ 
[ 

c 

c 

c 

[ 

r 

C 

[ 

c 

c 
c 
[ 

c 



Bell 

Retort 

Furnaces 




No. 25 Bell Furnace 

The bell with its base and charge 
may be removed from the furnace 
and cooled under atmosphere as 
pictured while another bell with 
work goes through its heating cycle 
within the furnace. 



A.G.F. Bell Retort Furnaces permit completely controlled 
atmosphere processing at temperatures from 500°F. to 2150°F. 
These furnaces can be used for the following treatments without 
any modification whatsoever. 

Bright copper brazing of stainless and regular steel parts. 

Nickel- chromium alloy brazing of stainless steel materials 
at temperatures up to 2150°F. 

Hydrogen cleaning or reduction of oxides on stainless steel 
materials to eliminate costly or delicate mechanical clean- 
ing processes. 

Bright annealing of alloy, ferrous and non-ferrous materials. 
Carburizing. 

"Ni-Carb" process of ammonia-gas case hardening. 
Nitriding. 

Glass to metal sealing of electronic components under 
atmosphere protection. 

OPERATIONAL ADVANTAGES 

Semi -continuous Operation 

The use of multiple bell retorts provides semi -continuous 
operation. One bell retort containing work can be heated while 
another bell retort containing work can be cooled under at- 
mosphere protection, while yet another is being loaded. 

Page 69 



CO 

f o 

< « 

Q ■ 




No. 24 Type Bell Furnace with charge. 



Flexibility 

Maximum flexibility is ob- 
tained by use of multiple 
and removable bell retorts. 
One charge of work can be 
nitrided, while the follow- 
ing charge in another bell 
retort can comprise stain- 
less steel parts that are to 
be copper brazed or bright 
annealed in hydrogen at- 
mosphere. Other processes 
such as "nickel chromium 
alloy" brazing, carburizing 
and ammonia-gas case 
hardening can also be eas- 
ily accomplished in the 
same furnace. The use of 
multiple removable bell retorts eliminates the need for cleaning, 
conditioning or decontaminating a fixed muffle before certain 
types of atmosphere work can be performed. 

Positive Atmosphere Control 

The use of sealed alloy bell retorts, externally heated permits the 
attainment of extremely low dew point atmospheres for hydro- 
gen brazing of stainless steels and other critical atmosphere 
work. A.G.F. Bell Retort Furnaces eliminate the possibility of 
atmosphere contamination resulting from moisture and oxygen 
absorption which can occur in furnaces having refractory lined 
atmosphere chambers. 

Uniformity 

The use of many small burners having balanced heat inputs 
assures uniform heating of the bell retort and its work load. 
Tangential firing of the burners into the heating chamber elim- 
inates direct flame impingement upon the retort. The resultant 
uniform heating assures consistent high quality results and 
long bell retort life. 

CONSTRUCTION FEATURES 

A.G.F. Bell Retort Furnaces are built to withstand continuous 
operation at temperatures up to 2150°F. Quality construction 
features assure a long operating life with the minimum of 
maintenance. 

Bell Retorts 

The A.G.F. bell retort assembly consists of three components, 

the bell, the base pan and the lifting frame as shown on the 



Page 70 




O UJ 

ii 



No 30-B Bell Furnace with loaded bell positioned in heating chamber Bell 
assembfy comprising lifting frame base pan -*™***^ l f+& 
illustration. The lifting frame and base pan is shown at the far lett, witn 
the bell standing alongside. 

above illustration. These parts are fabricated of the best avail- 
able heat resisting alloy, composition 60% nickel, 12% chromium 
or better The bell is placed over the parts and is then sealed 
into the base pan in the lifting frame with a special sand. 
The bell retort assembly is easily handled in and out of the 
furnace chamber by means of an over-head hoist. 

High Quality, High Efficiency Lining 

The lining in A.G.F. Bell Retort Furnaces consists of high grade 
insulating refractory backed up with block insulation. The low 
heat storage and low heat loss of this lining construction insures 
fast heating up and more economical operation. 
Super refractory burner tunnels are employed for long service 
life with minimum maintenance. 

Covers 

To permit charging or removing the bell retort assembly, the 
smaller model bell retort furnaces are equipped with manually 
operated split type refractory covers which swing to either side. 
Larger model furnaces can be equipped with pneumatically or 

PAGE 71 



1 I 

J o 



u < 
> z 

o cc 



UJ 

u 

cc 

o 



CW CO 

UJ cc 

Q. uj 

O CQ 



cc E 
■■i r. 



LB > 

CC CO 

5« 




hydraulieally operated cover lifting mechanisms for lifting and 
swinging the refractory cover to one side. 

Casing 

The furnace body is fabricated of heavy steel plate suitably 
reinforced. Suitable structural members are provided to 
support the furnace. 

Extended Range Operation 

Where low temperature operation is desired, Bell Retort Fur- 
naces can be equipped with a special extended range combustion 
which permits operation at temperatures as low as 500°F. 

INSTALLATION 

A.G.F. Bell Retort Furnaces are suitable for either pit or floor 
level installation. The pit type installation is preferable for 
furnaces Model 30 and larger. 







Model 88 Bell Retort Furnace. 



PAGE 72 



(A 
« 
U 

(8 

fi 

u 

9 







o 









sq| '114.8 13/YV 


8 


8 


O 
US 


© 
© 


c 


8 


© 
© 


Sutddiqs psiBiunsH 


r*j 


(S 


hs 


us 


5 


00 


ra 






c* 


fS 


00 


00 


00 


CT> 


■sqi '^SPAV 13N 


o 

US 


§ 


o 

1 


1 


o 


g 


© 
© 


p33BUUt3Sq 


r* 


o> 


5 


"i 


® 


US 






,H 


r* 


00 


r>. 


X 


x' 




X 






1 










U 


a 


1 


1 


o 


00 


m 


© 


© 




4> 


















Q 






c* 


TP 


■* 


<*s 


-* 


*£ c 


























X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


£ a 


CO 


! 


1 


re 
I i 


1 1 


©^ 
1 1 


©o 
1 1 


o© 
1 1 










us^o 


00 00 


C*CX< 


o>© 


CT>© 


£ H u ^ 


x 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


p eg n o 


^ 


*5d 


gob 


^D© 


©© 
1 1 


o© 
1 1 


©© 
t 1 


££*<£ 


r*r< 


US US 


usi> 


^bk 


00 00 


X© 


X© 


] 

CO c 

Ec 


uoijBinsuj 
>joo ( g 


;£ 


r) 




^ 


^p 


<* 


i 

-* 


Xjo^DBijay 


















Suneinsuj 


^ 


^ 


;£ 


^ 


^ 


;£ 


^ 






r» 


tr 


■* 


■* 


Tf 


-* 


^t 




( xcuddy) 


















uaSoipAH souny 


us 


us 


9 


© 

00 


S 


© 


© 


CO 
















ui/ bs/sqj y x J ib 








K 


•* 


ts, 


■«f 


CO 


uijai/ 1J n 3 




tj« 


US 


C-» 


rs 


■* 


00 


Q 

C 


ba^j iiy xbjaj 




















o 


o 


o 


© 


© 


© 


© 


CO 






© 


© 


© 


© 


© 


© 


© 








«* 


« 


00 


■* 


sO 


^f 


X 


a 




j h/ n i'9 


© 


us 


© 


Ch 


© 


K 


X 


Z 






00 


US 


3 


CT 


# 


(S 




n a 






rJ 


M 


IN 


00 


0> 


*1 




,,-fj 
















^ 
























2§ 


JH/'d n 3 


tv 


ro 


5 


rt 


© 


ro 


Tf 







SBQ ]B N 


tv 






© 

X 


X 

X 


© 






ni'9 osoi 














^ 


> 

1 

c 


p3]BJ3dQ 

A|[BnuBj/\[ 


X 


X 


X 










pa^BJadQ 








X 


X 


X 


X 


3 


AiiBDnBiunau^ 










3[qB||BAy 'iqSpH 


lv» 


£ 


© 


h 




k 























41 

of! 


















3plSUJ 'J3J9LUFIQ 


1? 


r-» 


us 


ui 


© 


~s 


i 












r<l 


r*S 


ro 


rs 


Ojsj PPOJAJ 3DBUinj[ 


PQ 


u 


CO 


< 




| 










uoia^ ipg 


US 




I s 


X 


X 
X 


1 ** 

! a 


r*S 
C7> 



Q< - 

£ DC c 

° ! 



UJ < 

> z 

o cc 



* i 


CO (fl 


UJ QC 


a, ui 


£ S 


si 


O M 


_l 
m 









Z co 




CC . 




=» O 




m > 




of co 




E«j 




^ 


» ^ 


DC 1 


< O 1 




Sfe 



Page 73 



S co 

< CO 

o 




Car 

Type Bell 
Retort 
Furnaces 




Model 239 Bell Retort 
Furnace. Box shaped 
car type retort. 



A.G.F. Car Type Bell Furnaces are designed to meet the need for 
large capacity batch type stainless processing . . . for handling 
unusually shaped pieces or heavy work loads. 
Box shaped bell retort is rolled into and withdrawn from the 
furnace by means of a chain driven mechanism. 

Bell Retort cover can be easily removed for loading and un- 
loading. 

Numerous small burners, firing from top, bottom and both sides 

of the heating chamber, assure uniform heating of the bell 

retort and work pieces. 

Rapid and efficient heating is obtained because the bell retort 

is charged into a hot furnace. 

Bell Retort can either be withdrawn from the furnace while at 

heat ... or be slow cooled in the heating chamber. 

Standard Size Bell Retorts are 3' wide x 6' long x 2'6" high. 

Special sizes can be built. 



[ 
[ 

C 

c 




Q % 



ULt < 

> Z 

O DC 



Ammonia Dissociators 



m ^ 



< o 

< CO 

Q 



i\ 



[ 

c 

I 

c 
I 
I 

r 
r 

r 
i 

[ 

c 
[ 




o 



Ammonia Dissociators 

(Low Pressure Operation) 

A.G.F, has manufactured and 
supplied gas and ammonia dis- 
sociators with its controlled 
atmosphere furnaces since 1935. 
The construction of these dis- 
sociators is based on the exper- 
ience gained in eighty years 
of furnace construction and 
over twenty years of experience 
in building dissociators. 

Dissociated ammonia (75% hy- 
drogen, 25% nitrogen) is an 
ideal atmosphere to use for 
the following treatments and 
processes : 

• Bright brazing and anneal- 
ing of stainless steels. 

• Bright hardening of the hardenable stainless steels. 

• Reducing oxides in the production of metal powders. 

• Sintering parts compacted from metal powders. 

• Bright annealing of various ferrous and non-ferrous alloys. 

• As a carrier for other atmosphere gases or combinations of 
gases for special processes. 




2 



ADVANTAGES 

Lower Cost 

Dissociated ammonia is the lowest cost high hydrogen atmos- 
phere available. 

Less Handling 

The use of dissociated ammonia eliminates much of the 
attendant cylinder handling. A 150 pound ammonia cylinder 
yields 6750 cubic feet of dissociated ammonia, the equivalent 
of at least 26 cylinders of hydrogen. A bulk tank installation 
eliminates all cylinder handling. 

Simpler Operating Principle 

A.G.F. Ammonia Dissociators do not employ heat exchangers 
or vaporizers. The A.G.F. low pressure system eliminates the 
difficulties experienced with other systems which require the 
maintenance of high tank vapor pressures. 

Page 75 



CO CO 

UJ x 
Q_ y 

ii 

CO 



uj £ 

Z co 

cc . 

CO >• 
Of «0 

P i 



5 

o 




Easier to Pipe and 
Handle 

A.G.F. Ammonia Dissoci- 
ators operate with less 
than 3 p.s.i, of ammonia 
gas pressure, thus facili- 
tating piping and control. 
The relatively low pres- 
sure employed is not sub- 
ject to the possibilities of 
leakage in either the raw 
ammonia or dissociated 
ammonia lines which can 
occur in high pressure 
systems. 

Longer Catalyst Tube 
Life 

The alloy catalyst tube 
which is fabricated of the 
best available heat-resist- 
ing alloy is operated at low 
gas pressures. The stress- 
ing of the catalyst tube 
caused by high pressure 
operation is eliminated, 
thus lengthening the operating life and permitting operation 
at higher temperatures to insure more complete dissociation. 

CONSTRUCTION 

A.G.F. Ammonia Dissociators comprise a furnace or heating 
chamber into which is positioned a catalyst dissociator tube. 
The tube is heated to a controlled temperature of 1850°F. to 
1900°F. to insure complete dissociation of the raw ammonia 
gas being passed through it. 

Catalyst Tube 

The catalyst dissociation tube is fabricated of the best available 
heat resisting alloy — 60% nickel, 12% chromium or better. 
The 100 cu. ft./hr. capacity model employs a coiled tube dis- 
sociation unit, while the larger models employ specially designed 
alloy containers filled with a special catalyst. 

Combustion System 

A.G.F. Ammonia Dissociators are equipped with an air-gas 
pressure fired proportional combustion system. Maximum 
temperature uniformity is assured by the use of many burners 
firing tangentially into the amply sized combustion chamber. 



Page 76 







5s 

a 




Ammonia Flow Control Panel 

Atmosphere Gas Inlet and Outlet 

Inlet and outlet connections are at the top of the dissociator, 
thus making it easy to obtain tight connections quickly and 
facilitating inspection of the seals at the connections. 

AMMONIA FLOW CONTROL PANEL 

An A.G.F. Ammonia Flow Control Panel illustrated above 
includes the necessary raw ammonia pressure regulators to 
achieve two stage reduction of the vapor pressure to below 
2 p.s.i. before it passes into the dissociator tube. The necessary 
pressure relief valve, Flow Meters, shut off, and flow control 
valves are provided on the panel. The panel can either be floor 
or wall mounted. All piping, fittings, etc. are mounted on the 
face of the panel to facilitate connection, inspection and 
maintenance. 



> z 

o a 






DRYER 

To achieve dewpoints as low as minus 80°F., suitable size activa- 
ted alumina dryers are supplied. 



PAGE 77 



5 

o 



u 


•M 

u 





C 



E 
E 









Approx. 
Floor 
Space 


X 

i i 


©© 
i i 


1 

1 1 


M 

J 1 


c 

8 

c 
c 


jiy 


^H 


^H 


^ 


S? 


sbo pry 


# 


^ 


^ 


S? 


BlUOLULUy DOSSIQ 


S* 


- 


^ 


- 


eiuouiiuy avb^ 


1? 


- 


- 


- 


§0 

■- ? 

w a 


c 
to S 

°l 




'JH/rrx'Q 


© 
O 

eg 


© 
o 

© 


© 
© 
00 

C4 


o 
o 

00 


aq/3j nD-SBj3"3Bfsj 

nxaosoi 


3 


IC 






is d y t i @ uiui/'ij rr) 

pajmDS^j Jiy XBJAJ 


o 


ON 




x> 


Dissociator 
Tube 


c 
3 

3 
+J 

>> 



« 

J 
3 


^X 

*J .r-l 
|> 


X x 

u . • 

3 ffl- 
r OS 1 " 


X2J 

3d* 
< U0 


U 


a 

T3 

00 

2 

o 


a 

13 
C5 

S 


a 
« 

13 

US 
X 

2 
is 

(S 


a 

V 
V 

X 

s 


Aipede;) paje^j ae 

BlUOLULUy mb^ •jj-j/'sqi 

^uaLuajinbay ■ xojddy 


IS 




2 




eiuooiLuy dossjq 

AjpBdBQ UinLU]XBp\ 


o 
© 


o o 

O I o 


O 
is 








"°N 1 3 P°IAI 

JOJBpOSSIQ 


n 


< 
1 


< 
i 


U 
i 



Page 78 




3uj g 

HI 

!k I 

sfE f 



4 



CO ' 
LU 
Z Q 
UJ < 

> z 

°5 



Cylindrical Furnaces 

can be supplied in 

practically any size 

according to the 

nature of the 

requirement. 



DC 
O 



CO to 
LU CC 
Q. LU 



(E CO 



c 
c 
c 
c 
c 
c 

c 
c 
[ 
[ 
[ 
[ 



Gylin- 

Furnaces 



No. 72 Cylindrical Furnace 
for hardening long taps and 
reamers made from high 
speed steel. The No. 73 is a 
companion furnace but de- 
signed for pre-heating. Both 
furnaces are equipped with a 
carborundum muffle 10" 
I.D., available length 6 ft. 




« PS 

LJ UJ 



CO e 

UJ 5 



X7ERTICAL Cylindrical Furnaces like the many other types 
* of furnaces and heating machines are especially adapted for 
certain classes of work. 

It is obvious that a round object may most readily be uniformly 
heated in a round furnace equipped with burners which fire 
tangentially. This type of furnace is thus well suited for the 
heating of vacuum retorts. 

Likewise, long thin pieces can be most readily heated without 
warping and distortion if suspended in a Cylindrical Furnace. 
These units are therefore widely used either with or without a 
Muffle for the hardening of high speed hack saw blades, for 
hardening drills, taps and reamers of carbon and high speed steel, 
especially the longer ones. 

The furnace bodies of the Bell Retort Furnaces and Vertical Gas 
Carburizers are standard designs which can be adapted for use 
as Cylindrical Furnaces. 

For special application these Cylindrical Furnaces can be 
mounted on the horizontal. 



^ 




Cylindrical 
Furnaces 



No. 74 Cylindrical Furnace 
designed especially for hard- 
ening high speed hack saws, 
with carborundum muffle 
11" I.D. and available height 
adequate for hardening 30" 
power saws. 



'pHE furnace illustrated was designed and built especially for 
hardening high speed steel hack saws and is used by a 
number of concerns especially for this work. 

Its tangential burners are subdivided into an upper and lower 
section so that they can be controlled separately to make up for 
the high radiation losses at the top which occur because the 
furnace is opened frequently. The gas input is high to attain 
a quick rise to operating temperature from cold and when 
charging. This makes larger production capacities possible. 

A gas connection is provided for feeding raw gas into the muffle 
to give a reducing atmosphere when desired. 

A removable recessed bottom brick receives the excess borax, a 
coating of which is generally employed when hardening molyb- 
denum high speed saws. 

Many other sizes of Cylindrical Furnaces are also available to 
take a pot for annealing, spheroidizing, etc., and for special 
applications such as the processing of gases in a closed retort 
which must be externally heated. 



Page 80 




Diamond Block Method 
For High Speed Steel 

Furnace Table 

Tool Room Furnace 

Improved Oven Furnaces 

Improved Large Ovens 

Double Entrance Furnaces 




Large Oven Furnace with Automatic Temperature Control in the 
Research Laboratory of a well known company. 

At least a pyrometer, if not automatic temperature 
control, is recommended on all Oven Furnaces. 



CC LU 

8 5 

n > 



2 « C 

ui < J 
> z 



si 



ui 



ui S 

Q. uj 

M 



uj Q 

z w 




CO cc 

QC LU 

CO "^ 

CO > 

O O 

° r 1 



Diamond Block Method of Hardening High 

Speed Steel — Atmospheric Control Produces 

Clean Hardening 



5 



No Scale— No Decarburization 
No Reduction in Size 

Diamond Blocks are recommended for the hardening of all high 
speed steels. They are muffles composed of a carbonaceous 
compound which gradually generates a gas to produce an at- 
mosphere between carburization -and decarburization when 
heated in a furnace at about 1800° to 2300°F. This atmosphere 
is constantly correct and control does not depend on continual 
analysis and manipulation. 

Quality Tools. Tools retain their initial sharp clean cut edges 
with no scale, decarburization or reduction in size and have a 
maximum hardness and excellent grain structure from the 
center to the external edge of the tool. 

The Time Element is not so critical and tools can be given an 
ample soaking period to assure maximum hardness. Tools 
have been heated for more than one hour at 2350°F. without 
change in size or surface conditions to indicate this excessive 
heating time. 

Proper Size Diamond Blocks should be selected in accordance 
with the size tools to be heat treated, and not the size furnace 
used. Only a reasonably small clearance around the tool is 
allowed. 

Molybdenum high speed steels, also high carbon high chromium 
steels, when hardened in Diamond Block Atmosphere are 
completely free from decarburization or scale. These types of 
steel are recognized as especially subject to decarburization, 
which makes the assured quality of the Diamond Block Method 
of hardening especially desirable. 

The Silicon Carbide Muffle, in which the Diamond Blocks are 
inserted, protects the Block and increases its life by preventing 
the outside from wasting away. 

Page 81 






a 

O 



Q- Ld 



UJ 2 



DC « 




No. 89E High Speed with Carborundum 
Muffle and Diamond Block 




This unit constitutes the least expensive we ever supplied for 
quality hardening of high speed steel. It is equipped with a 
carborundum muffle having inside dimensions as follows: 
Width, 4%"; height, iy 2 "; d€pth, 6"; which accommodates the 
No. 2 Diamond Block, having inside dimensions as follows: 
Width, 3%"; height, %"; heated depth 6y 2 ". 



With it is used the No. 2 tray. 
Clearance height is %". 
Width between ribs, 2%" 
Available depth, 5". 



When it is in position; 



As an Oven Furnace: — See page 109. 

As a Forge: — See page 109. 

General Specifications : 

Heating time — 25 minutes to 2350°F. 

Maximum gas (1050 B.t.u.)— 120 cubic feet per hour (126,000 B.t.u.'s). 

Maximum air at 16 oz. pressure — 17 cubic feet per minute. 

Connections— City Gas V 2 ", Natural Gas 3 / 8 ", Bottled Gas %", 

Bench space — 26" x 16". 

Gross weight — 150 pounds. 



PAGE 82 




u £ 

CC LU 

UJ > 

u o 



No. 96F High Speed Furnace 



As a Semi-Muffle Furnace 

When supplied as a semi-muffle furnace, 
it is provided with a carborundum hearth 
slab. The entrance is 5" x 5" and the 
hearth length is 10". Gas consumption, 
etc., are as given in the tabulation at 
the bottom of the page. 

For Diamond Block Hardening 

The carborundum muffle is pushed 
through the back and the hearth slab is 
omitted; consequently, it cannot be used" 
as a semi-muffle furnace. In addition to 
the Diamond Block sizes listed below, 
smaller blocks can be used with a cover 
plate, sizes being as follows : 





INSIDE DIMENSIONS 


No. 


Width 


Height 


Depth 


2 
3 
3V 2 


3%" 
3%" 

3V 2 " 


15 /ie" 

1 Vie" 

2 y 4 " 


6V2" 

7V 2 " 

8V 2 " 



Cover plate for No. 2 or No. 3, 4%" wide by 
Vi" thick by 7»/4" long. 

Tray for same 6V2" long by V' thick by 
2%" width between the ribs. 

The muffle is sealed into the furnace 
entrance and consequently the products 
of combustion cannot enter it. The 
muffle itself is closed by the sliding door. 
Wasting away of the diamond block is thus 
prevented. This unit may also be used 
as a regular muffle furnace with diamond 
blocks removed. 




CD 

CC 

o 



OS CO 

LU CC 





Carborundum 
Muffle Inside 


Diamond Block 
No. 4 Inside 



c 


«j 


Gas Con. 

1050 B.T.U. 

Gas Cu. 

F. per H. 




Dim. in Inches 


Dim. in Inches 


E c 


w 1 
















£ 


CO 


8 

CO 


X. 


4-> 


JC 


X 




-C 




:§ 


3 


& 


c 

DO 


-0 
5 


S3 

X 


C 
B 






c 
u 


IE 




2 


2q 

xs 


96F 


4% 


4 


11 


31/2 


3% 


9^ 


42 


1 


165 


60 



u <u w 






20 



PAGE 83 



LU Q 

LX , 

CO > 

cc" « 



5 

o 







No.l50-BB High Speed 

Furnace 

This illustration is typical of either 
our No. 150-BB with hearth slab 
as a semi-muffle furnace or with 
full Carborundum Muffle and dia- 
mond block. The description below 
applies primarily to the furnace 
with diamond block. 
When supplied with a hearth slab- 
see detailed dimensions, etc., in 
the tabulation on the succeeding 
page — it may be operated with a 
rich atmosphere for hardening 
Tungsten high speed steel or for 
hardening other grades, providing 
grinding is subsequently done or 
that the work is coated with a 
suitable material to prevent de- 
carburization or scaling. 
In this furnace are combined the 
advantages of A.G.F. improved 
design and construction and the 
simplicity of the Diamond Block 
method for obtaining quality 
results in the hardening of high 
speed steel. 

Extreme flexibility is obtained : 

(a) Numerous combinations of Diamond Blocks can be worked out to best 
fit the particular work and obtain clean hardening without decarburiza- 
tion and with maximum production. 

(b) The Diamond Block can be omitted where the work pieces are too large to 
be handled in it. In this case, pieces of Diamond Block can be placed 
adjacent to the work and, by using the baffle in the front of the muffle, 
the results obtained approximate those which can be secured when using 
the standard Diamond Block. 

(c) The furnace may be used as a regular semi-muffle high speed Oven 
Furnace without the Diamond Block or muffle. Good results are obtained 
when operating in this manner on 18-4-1 grades of high speed steel and 
on the molybdenum grades where grinding is permissible after hardening. 




Sectional view of furnace with car- 
borundum muffle and Diamond 
Block. Tray and baffle are not 
shown. Note proper location of 
thermocouple. 




PAGE 84 




Carborundum Muffle. The carborundum muffle is positioned through the 
entrance of the furnace and is supported by our standard hearth slab. Suitable 
bricks are provided to seal the muffle off from the combustion chamber. 
Inside dimensions of the muffle are as follows: 

Width, 8V 8 "; height, 4 Vis"; depth 16". 
Available Height. The inside height of the Diamond Block less the thickness 
of the tray gives the actual inside working height. The thickness of the tray 
varies with different sizes from Vie" to approximately V2". 






£1 



=£ 



. .., . ; . ggg , r f<fK f <fK 



K \ \ \ \ '. v \ ■■■■ K -l- K V <J 

^p- NO- )£ DIAMOND SLOCK^TRA^ 






\M ---. ^mw,,\ 



1 -\ 




i V \ i 



The arrangement shown immediately above 
applies when using the following sizes of 
Diamond Blocks: 





INSIDE DIMENSIONS 




No. 


Width 


Height 


Length 


11 
12 
13 

14* 


7 1 Vie" 
7 1 V 16 " 

7*3/16" 

7>3/ie" 


l5 /ie" 

I'Vie" 

2 %" 

3 Vie" 


11 W 
12 W' 

nw 



*No cover plate required. 



Cover Plate No. 3Y, Width 
834", Length 15". 

Tray No. 14, 

Width 7V 2 ", Length 12". 





Above arrangement permits the use of two 
Diamond Blocks side by side. Two of any of 
the following sizes can be so used : 





INSIDE DIMENSIONS 






Width 


Height 


Depth 


No. 


Std. *A" Length 


2 
3 

3V 2 
4 


3 5 / 8 " 
3V 2 " 
3V 2 " 
31/2" 


15 /ie" 
IVie" 

2 Va" 

3 W 


6V 2 " 

71/2" 

sy 2 " 
91/2" 


13 J4" 
14i/ 2 " 
15V 2 " 
15 %" 



The 'A 1 length blocks have 
exactly the same cross sec- 
tion as the regular blocks 
but are longer. The number 
should be used with the 
letter suffix 4 A' when or- 
dering. 

Cover plates same as above. 

Baffle No. 3YB is designed 
to closely fill the full open- 
ing of the carborundum 
muffle. 








Oven 
Dimensions 


u 

c 

w 3 

Mo 

3 c 

XE 


h2 


Gas. Cons. 

1050 B.T.U. 

Gas. Cu. 


m 

c 

•M CJ 

2cj£ 






Entrance 
I nches 


Hearth 
in Inches 


F. per H. 




■} 




w 


Floor 
Space 

in 
Inches 


\ 

c 
3 

PL 




u 

X. 
Ml 


-C 


X 

c 
c 

-1 


5 
c 

X 
CO 

7 




150BB 


12 


5 


12 


14 


42 


2 


200 


65 


30 


38 x46 



PAGE 85 



UJ C 

CO 5; 

ctf co 

P « 



5 

o 



^ 




Furnace Table 

FOR the small shop, laboratory, vocational school, high 
schools, colleges and universities, this table is unusually 
well adapted because of the variety of work for which it can be 
used. 

As many as four students can work at it simultaneously as it is 
so designed that students can work from both sides. 

The clean lines of this modern table and the ample storage 
space under it insure a pleasing, orderly appearance at all times. 

The gas valves and air cocks for both furnaces are conveniently 
located just inside the door. 

Forging and Heat Treating 

The No. 89-D Forge described on page 109 can be used as a heat 
treating oven or as a forge. 

Lead Hardening, Cyanide Hardening, 
Salt Bath Hardening and Tempering 

A pressed steel pot, 6" in diameter by 8" deep, is suitable for any 
of these operations. If more than one of them is to be per- 
formed, we recommend extra pots. 

Making Aluminum Castings 

Small castings of aluminum are becoming increasingly popular 
because of their permanence and the comparatively low tem- 
perature at which strong, sound castings can be made. Such 
castings machine readily. 

For this work the pressed steel pot is removed and a cast iron 
crucible, having a capacity of 12 pounds of aluminum, is used. 
A crucible, refractory crucible support, and cover with bail are 
supplied as part of the standard unit. A No. 8 Graphite crucible 
may also be used. 

Furnace is lined with insulating refractory for efficiency and is 
equipped with heat-resisting alloy burners firing tangent to the 
pot for long life. 

A lighting hole is conveniently located. Venturi Mixers make 
adjustment of the air and gas from the connections on the front 
of the table easy. 



Page 86 




CO tt 

oc in 







3 



U 

o 



Furnace Table 

(continued from preceding page) 



Air Supply 



Spencer blower No. B-50-12 (see page 164) operating from the 110 volt, 60 cycle, 
single phase lighting circuit is permanently mounted under the table and 
connected direct to the furnaces. 

Specifications 
Forge: See page 108 
Pot Furnace : 

Pressed steel pot, 6" dia. by 8" deep. 

Cast iron crucible, 4 l / 2 " dia. by 7" deep. 

Capacity, 12 pounds of aluminum. 
Table: 

Totally enclosed with hinged doors in the front and a large removable 
plate at the rear for inspection, repairs, etc. 

Floor space, 48" x 24". 

Height, 36". 

Connections, gas 1". 

Electricity, 110 volts, 60 cycle, single phase. 

Maximum gas, 1050 B.T.U. Natural gas, 150 cu. ft./hr. 

Net weight, 700 pounds. 

Shipping weight, 850 pounds. 
If supplied without blower the air connection is 1 1 / 2 "\ maximum air require- 
ment, 30 cu. ft. per min. at 16 oz. pressure. 



UJ 

s 



CO CO 
UJ QC 

51 2 



Be co 



PAGE 87 




Tool Room Oven Furnaces 

The A.G.F. Model No. 16 and 16-FC Oven Furnaces are specifi- 
cally designed for use in the tool department or small plant 
where occasional tools and parts must be heat treated. These 
furnaces are also extensively used for production hardening of 
small work pieces. 

The No. 16-F Oven Furnace employs a standard combustion 
system with the burners mounted into the side wall of the 
heating chamber to achieve positive control of the furnace 
atmosphere. The No. 16-F has an operating range between 
1200° and 1800°F. and can be used for hardening, annealing, 
tempering, pack hardening or carburizing of small parts. 

The No. 16-FC is equipped with a special combustion system 
employing external burners which at the sacrifice of some degree 
of atmosphere control permits the achievement of an operating 
range from 300° to 2300°F. The No. 16-FC is particularly well 
suited to the clean hardening method utilizing a heat resisting 
alloy tray described on page 90. 
The No. 146 Oven Furnace is the No. 16-F made double length. 

OPERATIONAL ADVANTAGES 

Quick heating up is economically achieved by the use of a high 
efficiency lining and a high efficiency combustion system. 
Operating temperature of 1500°F. is achieved in approximately 
25 minutes. 

Minimized maintenance and long operating life is assured by 
the use of heavy duty, high quality construction. 

Superior control of combustion. Burner flames can be easily 
adjusted to maintain a neutral, reducing or oxidizing atmos- 
phere in the furnace chamber surrounding the work. 

CONSTRUCTION FEATURES 

Casing is fabricated of welded steel plate and angles, with 
removable cast iron front and back plates. A convenient shelf 



Page 88 




is provided in the bottom 
of the leg frame to accom- 
modate tongs, tools, etc. 
High efficiency lining is 
moulded and pre -burned 
high grade, light weight 
insulating refractory. 

Counter balanced refrac- 
tory door is easily operated 
and is self -sealing. A 
special observation win- 
dow is provided in the 
door. 

Burnering is designed to 
achieve maximum tem- 
perature uniformity. 
Three tips fire into each 

side of the heating chamber from staggered positions and the 
heat input capacity of each tip is sized according to its loca- 
tion, thus providing uniform heating of the work hearth area. 

Single Valve Ratio Set combustion system employs venturi 
action mixer utilizing air at 1 to 2 pounds per square inch 





u 

.£2 

c u ra 

OhoC 


Entrance 


Hearth 
Slab 


a 

c 

gUJ 

x t 
'S o 


cO jj-* 

2U« 


2 r 

CQU £ 

O J^ 

22U 


Supply 
Conn. 






jsj 

'5 

X 


X 


u 

X 


X 

ei 
C 
u 


Pipe 

Size 


Floor 


2 
u 
o 

eg 
Oil, 


< 


3 CO 

£0 


Space 


16-F 


1200° 
To 

1800 F. 


4" 


8" 


8" 


14" 


41 W 


13 


78 


w 


%" 


28" x 30" 


16-FC 


300° 

To 

2300°F. 


4" 


8" 


8" 


14" 


41 y 2 " 


13 


78 


3 /i" 


3 / 8 " 


28" x 30" 


146 


1200° 

To 
180CPF 


4" 


8" 


8" 


28" 


41%" 


26 


155 


1" 


3 / 4 " 


28" x 60" 



W CO 

LJ c 
Q. u 






page 89 




pressure to proportionately entrain the fuel gas for fast, efficient 
heating. Once the air to fuel gas ratio is set, no further adjust- 
ments are necessary. 



CLEAN HARDENING OF 
SMALL PARTS 

Heat-resisting alloy tray with cover can be supplied when 
specified for the clean hardening of parts such as small needles, 
pen points, shafts, surgical knives, etc. 

A small quantity of charcoal, carburizing compound or bone can 
be placed with the work in the tray when it is desired to prevent 
any trace of decarburization or to case-harden the work to a 
slight degree. 

When using the alloy tray with cover, the usual practice is to 
first heat it to temperature. The work pieces are arranged on 
another unheated, open-ended light sheet metal tray. After 
the alloy tray has been heated, it is removed from the furnace. 
The cover of the alloy tray is then removed and the work is 
quickly slid from the light sheet metal tray into position on 
the hot alloy tray. 



Removal of the alloy tray and 
the quenching operation are 
shown in the illustration. The 
cover of the alloy tray is not 
opened until the tray and work 
is positioned over the quench. 
Special three-lever tongs are 
supplied for use in conjunction 
with these trays. Two of the 
levers support and hold the 
tray, while the third lever opens 
and closes the cover. 




Page 90 



Improved Oven Furnaces 

A.G.F. Oven Furnaces are 
engineered to withstand 
the severe and continuous 
service to which these 
furnaces are subjected 
in commercial heat treat- 
ing plants. The construc- 
tion features afford many 
operational advantages 
which assist the operator 
in producing high quality 
work. These furnaces are 
extensively used for the 
hardening of carbon and 
alloy steels, annealing, 
tempering, pack harden- 
ing of carbon and alloy 
steels, pack carburizing, 
etc. 

The main heating burners 

fire immediately under 

the arch from both sides 

of the heating chamber. 

The hot gases from the 

burner flames are trapped 

beneath the arched roof 

of the oven chamber and 

descend evenly around the 

work and hearth, giving 

up their heat . These 

products of combustion 

are then forced out 

through vents which are 

located under the floor of the heating chamber and which 

exhaust at the roof through a duct in the back wall. 

The lower burners are of a supplementary nature and fire 
between the floor of the furnace and the hearth slab upon 
which the work is placed. The function of the lower burners 
which also fire from both sides of the heating chamber is to 
assure a uniform balance of temperature. 

Since all of the products of combustion must vent under the 
hearth slab and through the floor and back wall of the furnace, 
a positive pressure is built up within the oven furnace chamber. 
This positive pressure precludes the infiltration of air into the 
oven, even when the door is not tightly closed. The chimney 
action normally experienced in top vented oven furnaces is 
eliminated. 

The A.G.F. Single Valve Ratio Set combustion system employs 
a proportional venturi -action mixer. The burner flames can 
be easily adjusted to maintain a neutral, reducing or oxidizing 
atmosphere surrounding the work in the oven throughout the 
entire operating range, that is, from high to low temperature. 
The adjustment of the burner flames is easily made by one 
simple adjustment of the A.G.F. Single Valve Ratio Set. No 
operational adjustments need to be made unless a change 
is desired in the furnace atmosphere conditions. 

The features described above in effect produce a muffle type 
furnace in which any desired atmosphere condition can be 

Page 91 







No. 205B Oven Furnace 



en w 

UJ QC 
Q. u 






^nU 



No 220 Oven Furnace 



maintained during 
the heat treating 
cycle. 

OPERATIONAL 
ADVANTAGES 

Atmosphere control 
is achieved by ad- 
justing the flame 
setting of the heat- 
ing burners. The 
construction of the 
heating chamber 
and of the combus- 
tion system permits 
more positive con- 
trol of atmosphere 
within the oven than 

is possible with ordinary top vented furnaces or those employing 

a bunsen firing system. 

Excellent uniformity of temperature is achieved by the use 
of many small burners firing both top and bottom from both 
sides of the heating chamber. The use of numerous small 
burners rather than a few larger burners as is the common 
practice provides a better heat distribution — the furnace comes 
up to temperature more quickly and evenly. Further, the 
capacity of each burner is sized according to its location in the 
furnace chamber — slightly larger capacity burners being used 
near the door opening where heat losses are the greatest. 
The upper and lower burners are arranged in separate and in- 
dependent sets so that the furnace can be easily balanced out for 
temperature uniformity under particular operating conditions. 

Economical operation and quick heating -up is achieved by the 
use of a high efficiency lining which has low heat storage and 
low heat loss factors. The gas consumption of the latest style 
A.G.F. Oven Furnaces with insulating refractory linings is 
approximately 50% less than that of older style furnaces em- 
ploying a fireclay lining. 

Quiet operation results from the use of many small burners 
rather than a fewer number of larger and noisier burners. The 
combustion chamber and vent construction are designed to 
produce a quiescent atmosphere within the oven. 

Minimized maintenance and long operating life is assured by 
the use of heavy duty construction features such as high quality 
lining, super refractory burner tunnels, heat-resisting alloy 
burners, etc. 

CONSTRUCTION FEATURES 

Lining comprises 4W of high grade insulating refractory backed 
by 2V4" of block insulation. 

Hearth slab. The hearth slab upon which the work pieces rest 
and the hearth slab supports are of super refractory which we 



Page 92 



No. 

225C 

Oven 

Furnace 




have found most desirable from the standpoint of life, resistance 
to * abrasion, spalling, cracking and also because of its good 
thermal conductivity. 

Counter -balanced door is easily operated. The door is lined 
with insulating refractory and is provided with an observation 
hole having a Pyrex glass window. 

Models No. 200, 205 and 210 are provided with a foot treadle 
device for raising the furnace door. 

If desired, any of the standard Oven Furnaces can be equipped 
with an air cylinder having a foot operated valve to raise and 
lower the door and to operate with customer's high pressure 
air supply. 

Casing is constructed of welded steel plate suitably reinforced 
with structural members welded and bolted together. 

Heat-resisting alloy burners are employed on all models to give 
long service life and minimized maintenance. Alloy burners are 
not subject to oxidation and corrosion which clogs up cast iron 
burner tips normally used on such furnaces. 

Single Valve Ratio Set combustion system employs venturi- 
action mixers using air at one pound per square inch pressure to 
proportionately entrain the fuel gas for fast and efficient 
heating. 

Manifold pressure gauge having a large dial face is supplied for 
each set of upper and lower burners to give a quick visual in- 
dication of operating conditions. 



q m 






OPTIONAL FEATURES 

Over- hearths. Heat resisting alloy over -hearth extending into 
the furnace entrance vestibule and equipped with side flanges 
can be supplied at an additional charge to facilitate sliding 

Page 93 




No. 

232 

Oven 

Furnace 



heavy work pieces or carburizing boxes in and out of the 
chamber. 

For high temperature operation up to 2500°F. the furnace can 
be equipped with a silicon carbide over-hearth. 

Automatic vent closures and atmosphere adjusting burners. 
The vent openings are closed the instant the door is raised, thus 
forcing all of the products of combustion out through the door 
and preventing the air from infiltrating into the oven chamber. 
This feature assists in obtaining scale-free work. 

When vent closures are supplied the furnace is also equipped 
with atmosphere adjusting burners which introduce unburned 
gas immediately under the main heating burners at the top of 
the furnace. The function of these burners is to permit setting 
the main burners for the most efficient heating and then 
employing the atmosphere^ adjusting burners to enrich the 
atmosphere to maintain a reducing condition within the oven 
chamber which is suitable for the hardening of various grades 
of carbon and high speed tool steels. 



STANDARD OPERATING TEMPERATURES 

A.G.F. Oven Furnaces are supplied for operation at tempera- 
tures from 1300° to 1800°F. Lower temperatures can be 
maintained in the standard furnaces by operating with either 
the upper or lower set of burners. If desired, A.G.F. furnaces 
can be supplied for lower operating temperature ranges as 
specified by the user. 



HIGH TEMPERATURE OPERATION 

For special applications any of the standard A.G.F. Oven 
Furnaces can be lined and burnered for operation at tempera- 
tures up to 2500°F. 



Page 94 





sq| 'jqSia/n. Suiddiqg 
aaeujixojddv 


OOO 

omo 


ooo 

©OU5 


OOO 

ooo 

IfllftOO 


9,500 
9,850 
10,300 


OO© 

ooo 




8 | 














o^^r 

o-boo 


IOX00 


xr-s© 

XXX 


xboo 

Oh K 
XXX 


Bob© 

HN« 

XXX 

oob&s 






i»m<r| 


■*■*© 


XXQO 


x-ooo 


(SO0O0 


xxoo 


« 


jaddfj 


OOOO 


0OQ0<N 


BOON 


-*©© 


XXOO 





'J 


SBQ 


^ - v 


sv^ 


^ 


^ 


^m^* 












18 

C 


JI V 




jf^S 




rsc-i?s 


fOr^M 


la 
3 


gjnssaaj zo 
91 ^ •"UAl/'l.d "0 


^X 




««X 


X Xts 




fa 


.23 M i 


'HoOOJ I 
3B auipjoH 


3SS 


<tf»rx 


OlAl/i 

XKH 


IfllfiO 


OUIO 

OfSro 
Nhn 


6 
> 

O 


umunxej/sj 


OifiO 
or^ir> 


OlftO 


omo 


©OIC 

oon 


§§2 


ainujiXBiAj paepUB;g 


ooo 

ooo 

00 00 00 


OOO 

OOO 


oo© 

ooo 


oo© 
ooo 

00 00 00 


OOO 

o©© 

00 00 00 




sjnoH— -JoOOSl 

03 IBSjq 03 3LUJX 








fS<S<S 


NNN 


> 




M 
C 

c 


uope[nsu] 














(srac* 


NNN 


fS(sr4 




fa 

a 


AiOlDBip^J 

SupBjnsui 












^$f5P 


5S& 




ss&£ 


^^^ 


s 


luojj iqSiajq 














r*r»c* 




©ob 


bx© 


©©■* 




CO 

X 


q^Susq 














^H—irs 


sorbin 


sDOOO 
C5^ vD 


r^oooo 


■<tiox 




H^P!M 














r»bb 


www 


X OX 


XXM 








c 

CO 

c 


rtqSiaj-i 














lir>00© 


g?bb 


— »-in 




NQOf 




MIPIM 














r^^Psb 


SSSS 


XXX 












U3AQ 


PD 

ooo 


XOr* 

O^H 


< u 

hc4(S 


©Oh 


IfifHOO 



I- 

g 



1 z 
' tr 

3 






uj c 
a. uj 



of oj 



PAGE 95 




Model 

77T 

Double 

Entrance 

Furnace 

with 

Removable 

Roof 



Double Entrance Ovens 

For semi-continuous operation, that is, charging at one end and discharging 
at the other, these furnaces prove advantageous, for example, in the annealing 
of cups, long tubes, etc. The general construction is similar to the standard 
Oven Furnaces in that they are top and bottom fired, lined with insulating 
refractory, equipped with heat-resisting alloy burners and the Single Valve 
Ratio Set combustion system. 



Of course, other 


sizes 


of furnaces as described 


on preceding pages can be 


similarly arranged if so desired. 












ȣ 


Entrance 


Hearth 


<U 




5 

3 u 


o 


"0 - 




oZ 








c 

CO 


o « 

^ 3 




o w 


'3 CO 




Ss 












c c 

5 > 
QO 


JZ 


X 




X 
C 


Sc 

^ 

U> 4-> 

M O 


ff 

CO 


g 

■so 

a . 
-o a 
c E 
S S 


Maximum 
Consumptior 
B.T.U. Nat. 
Cu. Ft./Hr. 


w c ., 

•SSI 


Floor 
Space 


210C 


16 W' 


12" 


14" 


42" 


32" 


1 


1800 


225 


30 


55" x 68" 


145 


18" 


10" 


18" 


10' 10" 


38" 


1 


1800 


340 


46 


56" x 142" 


137A 


26" 


16" 


26" 


48" 


40" -- ' 


1 


1800 


250 


34 


65" x 82" 


221 


26" 


16" 


26" 


60" 


30" 


1 


1800 


325 


44 


64" x 94" 


215B 


26 W 


26" 


26" 


37 Vi" 


40" 


1 


1800 


250 


34 


58" x 70" 


77T 


32" 


10" 


36" 


12' 0" 


36 H" 


2 


2000 


600 


81 


86" x 180" 


234 


36" 


24" 


36" 


48" 


30" 


2 


1800 


500 


67 


86" x 86" 


237 


48" 


48" 


48" 


60" 


30" 


2 


1800 


675 


92 


95" x 94" 



No. 137 A Double Entrance Oven Furnace, with tracks, which is suitable for 
annealing brass, etc. The work is placed in suitable baskets on trucks and 
pushed through the furnace. 





to K 
QC UJ 

si 

Sol 



Improved Pot Furnaces for . . . 
Lead Hardening 
Cyanide Hardening 
Salt Bath Hardening 
Liquid Carburizing 
Tempering 

Non-Ferrous Annealing and 
Solution Heat Treatment 






Rectangular Pot Furnaces 



Typical Installation of a Large Salt Bath Hardening Pot, 

Automatic temperature control is provided, although it 

cannot be seen in this illustration. 



o 

GC 

o 




2 



E £ 



t 
c 

i 

c 

c 
[ 
[ 

[ 
c 
c 



J No. 12C 

-| Pol 

Hardening 
Furnace 




M ft 

UJ £ 

CO * 




12C Pot Furnace 



A versatile, compact gas-fired bench style pot type hardening and tempering 
furnace which can also be used as a melting furnace, see page 118. 

With a pressed steel pot, the furnace can be used for salt hardening, lead 
hardening or tempering at temperatures up to 18O0°F. 

Rugged and durable construction features include: 

Heat resisting alloy burners (two) firing tangentially into heating chamber. 

High quality, hard burned fireclay lining. 

Heavy sheet steel furnace body. 

Pot supporting ring is provided to uniformly distribute weight of pot and 
contents on a greater surface area of the supporting brick, thus prolonging 
lining life. 

Venturi-action mixing system using 12 ounces air pressure for low tempera- 
ture operation and 24 ounces air for high temperature. 

Lighting hole with refractory plug. 

Specifications: 

For various salt tempering and hardening operations, the furnace is equipped 
with a pressed steel pot 6" in diameter x 5" deep. 

Chamber Size: 8" diameter x 7y 2 " available depth. 

Maximum Air Requirement: Approximately 7 cu. ft./min. at one pound per 
square inch. 

Maximum Gas Consumption: 
40,000 B.T.U./hour. 

Connections: Air — %"; Gas — %". 

Bench Space: 20" x 24". 

Net Weight— approximately 120 pounds. 

Shipping Weight — approximately 150 pounds. 



PAGE 97 




Pot Tempering Furnaces 

A.G.F. Pot Tempering Furnaces are designed for the tempering of both 
carbon and high speed tool steels with either oil or salts at temperatures from 
350° to 1100°F. The liquid heating medium excludes air, thus assuring clean 
work without scaling or extreme discoloration. Heating in a liquid medium 
also assures that all work parts are heated to the same temperature. 

The casing is of all welded sheet steel construction and is lined with a light 
weight insulating material which reduces heat storage to a point where it is 
negligible, thus eliminating temperature over-riding difficulties. The pot 
is of cast semi -steel and is provided with lifting eyes. A drip ring prevents 
getting the heating medium in the furnace chamber. 

Uniform heating is assured by a special ring type burner, which is easily 
removed for inspection or cleaning, and a properly designed venting system. 

These furnaces are supplied either to use air at one pound and gas at line 
pressure with our Single Valve Ratio Set or to use only an atmospheric or 
Bunsen type mixer. When supplied with the atmospheric mixer, the maximum 
temperature is 900°F., and an inexpensive throttling automatic temperature 
controller may be used. 

With the S. V. R. Set the air-gas mixture is set as desired and automatically 
maintained. Control of heat input is by manipulating the air cock only. 

When supplied with an atmospheric or Bunsen type mixer a pilot flame is 
provided so that the burner can be shut off entirely when necessary to prevent 
over -riding of the temperature and it is automatically relighted by the pilot 
when heat is called for by the control. 



No. 4 Tempering Furnace 




No. 4 

Pot 11" diameter x 10 W deep 
Mesh wire basket 7" dia. x 7" 
deep 
Max. air at 16 oz. 4 cu. ft./min. 
Max, gas (1050 B.T.U.) 30 cu. 
ft./hr. 
Connections Gas, %"; Air, y 2 " 
Floor space 26" x 32" 
Net weight 340 lbs. 
Gross weight 400 lbs. 

No. 7-D 

Pot 17 V 4 " dia. x 17 %" deep 
Mesh wire basket liy 2 " dia. x 
14" deep 
Max. air at 16 oz. 7 cu. ft./min. 
Max. gas (1050 B.T.U.) 55 cu. 
ft./hr. 
Connections Gas, l / 2 "\ Air, 3 4" 
Floor space 30" x 36" 
Net weight 450 lbs. 
Gross weight 600 lbs. 



PAGE 98 




Uj UJ 

cc u 

cw > 

UJ > 

o O 



No. 30C Rectangular Pot Tempering Furnace with single valve ratio set and 
Partlow throttling type automatic temperature control in air line. (Max. 
Temp. 950°F.) 



Rectangular 
Pot Tempering Furnaces 

These furnaces are designed for use with oil or salt as a medium in tempering 
or stress relief operations at temperatures from 350°F. to 950°F. and for 
occasional use in tempering high speed steel at temperatures to 1100°F. They 
are intended primarily for longer pieces of work which would not fit well in a 
round pot, however, they are suitable for a wide variety of shapes and sizes. 
Because the heating medium is liquid, oxygen is excluded, resulting in clean 
work without scale or excessive discoloration. Also, all parts of the work are 
brought up to temperature at the same time, minimizing distortion. 

CONSTRUCTION 
The body of the furnace is of all welded steel plate and angle construction 
suitably reinforced at strategic points for greater strength. The cast semi- 
steel pot hangs by its flange in the ample combustion chamber. At this 
point, the design is such that drippings of oil or salt are prevented from 
entering the chamber. A covered observation and lighting hole is also 
provided . 

A mesh wire basket as listed in the table below is supplied with each furnace. 

These furnaces are provided with a single valve ratio set as per page 158 
using air at 1 to 2 lbs. pressure and gas at 2"-8" water column pressure, 







Size of 






Inside 






<u 






Pot 






Dimensions 
of Basket 




3* 

2cu 


eg 


II 


-C 

s> 

c 


-C 


a 
s 

Q 


c 

u 




X 

a 
u 

Q 


So 3 


17A 


19 y 2 " 


10" 


7" 


14 W 


t 


8" 


5" 


63 


9 


30C 


23" 


15" 


11V 2 " 


18" 




10" 


8" 


78 


11 


31C 


29" 


15" 


12" 


24" 




10" 


8" 


95 


13 



a 

cc 
O 



2 



si 



Page 99 



of CO 




Pol 

Hardening 

Furnaces 



No. 3 ISA Pot Furnace 



A.G.F. Pot Hardening Furnaces are supplied in various sizes to 
suit the requirements of the small shop heat treating depart- 
ment or for continuous duty in the production heat treating 
department or a commercial heat treating plant. 

A.G.F. Pot Hardening Furnaces are regularly supplied for use 
with lead, cyanide, neutral salt or carburizing salt as the heating 
medium. 

OPERATIONAL ADVANTAGES 

Uniformity of heating is achieved by the use of many small 
burners firing into the heating chamber. The use of numerous 
small burners equally spaced apart rather than a few larger 
burners as is the common practice provides a better heat dis- 
tribution — the pot comes up to temperature more quickly and 
is more evenly heated. 

Tangential firing of the burners into the furnace chamber 
imparts a swirling action to the flames and products of com- 
bustion, thus eliminating direct flame impingement upon 
the pot. 

Quiet operation results from the use of many small burners 
rather than a fewer number of larger and noisier burners. 
Down Draft. The products of combustion vent through a 
refractory lined flue at the bottom of the furnace chamber, thus 
insuring most efficient utilization of the available heat and a 
maximum supply of heat to the top of the pot where the radia- 
tion losses are the greatest. 

Top firing insures melting of the contents of the pot from the 
top downward thus avoiding the setting up of undue strains in 
the pot during the heating -up period. 

Economical operation and quick heating -up is achieved by the 
use of a high efficiency lining which has low heat storage and 
low heat loss factors. Gas consumption of latest style A.G.F. 
Pot Furnaces with insulating refractory linings is approximately 
50% less than that of furnaces employing fireclay linings. 
Minimized maintenance and long operating life is assured by 



page 100 







No. 300A Pot Hardening Furnace, 
note arrangement and complete- 
ness of drain-out and bottom vent. 



the use of heavy duty construc- 
tion features such as high quality 
lining, super refractory burner 
tunnels, heat-resisting alloy 
burners, etc. 

CONSTRUCTION 
FEATURES 

Lining. The side wall of the 

furnace chamber is built of high grade insulating refractory 
backed up with block insulation. For mechanical strength a hard 
burned refractory is employed at the top of the heating cham- 
ber. The bottom of the furnace is lined with a high grade 
refractory material and slopes downward to a combined drain- 
out and vent. 

Super refractory burner tunnels are used in all models to provide 
a long operating life under the most severe operating conditions. 

Heavy sheet steel furnace body is ruggedly constructed for long 
life. The two piece cast iron top plate used on A.G.F. Furnaces 
eliminates the possibility of cracking which is experienced 
with one piece top plates. 

Pot supporting ring with tight sealing arrangement is supplied 
to prevent the drippage or spillage of salts or other contents 
of the pot from entering the furnace heating chamber. 

Side venting through the wall of the furnace and through a 
lined flue near the bottom of the furnace chamber directs the 
flue gases away from the operator. Warpage and cracking of 
the top plate resulting from venting around it is eliminated. 

Vent and drain-out. The products of combustion escape at the 
bottom of the furnace through the combination vent and 
drain-out shown at the right side of the illustration of the 
Model 300 Pot Furnace. The products of combustion entrain 
atmospheric air before passing into the flue, thereby reducing 
their temperature and preventing excessive oxidation or corro- 
sion of the flue. A flap door keeps the drain out opening closed. 

Heat-resisting alloy burners are employed on all models to give 
long service life and minimized maintenance. 

Single Valve Ratio Set combustion system employs venturi 
action mixers using air at approximately one pound per square 
inch pressure to proportionately entrain the fuel gas for 
fast and efficient heating. This combustion system provides 
A.G.F. Pot Furnaces with the wide turn down range necessary 
for rapid heating as well as the ability to hold the desired 
temperature. 

Manifold pressure gauge having a large dial face is supplied on 
the mixture manifold to give a quick visual indication of opera- 
ting conditions. 

Page 101 



" Pi 

(£ LU 

CO *= 

CO > 

LU > 

O O 

Si 




POTS 

The pot sizes listed for every model are the maximum size which 
can be used in the furnace. Pots of smaller diameter or lesser 
depth can be used in any of the furnaces with excellent results. 

Pots for the Model 360 Pot Furnace can be supplied only in cast 
heat-resisting alloy. Pots for all other models can be supplied 
in any of the following materials at an additional cost. 



Pot Type 

(A) 
(B) 

(C) 
(D) 
(E) 



Pot Material 



Pressed Steel. 

Pressed Steel, exterior coated with chromium - 

nickel. 

35% nickel, 15% chromium heat resisting alloy. 

60% nickel, 12% chromium heat resisting alloy. 

Fabricated Inconel. 



No. 340 A Pot Furnace 
Equipped with hood. 



OPTIONAL FEATURES 

Hoods. Any of the pot furnace models listed can be supplied with 
a suitable hood for carrying off fumes. These hoods are made of 

heavy gauge sheet steel with a 
large vent in the conical top for 
connecting to an exhaust system. 
An opening between the top of the 
furnace and the bottom of the hood 
facilitates ventilation — chimney 
action drawing fumes out of the 
hood. Large double doors make 
access to the pot easy, either for 
handling work or for rotating or 
removing the pot. The notch 
under the door is convenient for 
the long handles on baskets or 
bars on which work is generally 
handled. 



STANDARD OPERATING 
TEMPERATURES 

A.G.F. Pot Furnaces are supplied 
for operation at temperatures from 
1400° to 1650°F. If desired, these 
furnaces can be supplied for lower 
or higher operating temperatures 
as specified by the user. 

PAGE 102 




(A 
« 
U 

to 

s 

En 



fi 
0) 

■0 
(8 




Pi 



sqq 
jqSia^Y Suiddiqg 

33BLUlXOjddy 



sql 
aqBLuixojddy 



U-t/j 



*.2 



SBQ 



-»V 



sjaujng 
jo aaquin^ 



ajnsssjjj zo 



0"> 



§.9h 
£§ «, 



J ^Lu 



\do009I 

IB 

Su!p|o H 



LUnLUIXBJAj 



uoi3B[nsuj 



AjorpBJja^j 
SunBinsuj 



loj }o dox ca 
joou luojj iq^iDj-i 



1*1 



•sqq 

pB.V ] 



s ql 

3I B S 



y U 

O.N 



q 3 d3Q 



J333UJBIQ 



■o N lapoj^i 



XXX 



ooo 



SiS? 



3^ 









^^ 



<X>©U 



© © ^ 



Tf 00 00 



ssss 



5§§ 






^^^ 



ooo 

OOO 
NON 






OOO 

UiUiO 









TOO ~*w« 



r 



OOlft 

OOO^h 
Ororo 



OOO 
OOO 



OWO 

©ooo 



T^tb oooo© -*t-* 



g§g 

lfl©W 



©©© 
ooo 









lOsD^ 



©©© 
U)OU) 



^^ 



^^ 



o©o 
o©© 
<r©© 



J" 



J* 



<« 



lO©U5 



1| 
II 



II ^ 

II 



*t. 

CC UJ 
CO * 

co > 

UJ 3 

O O 



s 



O 
CE 
O 



CO- 
CO CO 

0- uj 

E £ 

q! 

m 



of w 
2« 



Page 103 



5 
o 




No. 99 Rectangular Pot Furnace 



High Temperature Rectangular 
Pot Furnaces 

For Salt or Lead Bath Hardening Temp. Range 1000°— 1600°F. 





Pot Size 


Approx. 

Max. Gas Cons 

(1050 B.T.U) 

C.F.H. 


Approx . 
Max. Air 
at 16 oz. 

C.F.M. 


Location 


Fur. 
No. 


Lg. 


Width 


Depth 


of 
Burners 


124 

49A 

99 
102 
111 
118 


is y 4 " 

24" 
58" 

sow 

12" 
193/4" 


103/ 8 " 

12" 
14" 
24 J4" 
6 V*" 
1G%" 


8" 

ny 2 " 

143/4" 

15" 
10" 
7%" 


180 
225 
250 
300 
85 
255 


30 
36 
42 
50 
14 
43 


side 

side 

bottom 

side 

side 

bottom 



Where the cylindrical Pot Furnaces as described on preceding pages (which 
we consider preferable) cannot be adapted to the work, rectangular fur- 
naces are supplied. They are side fired if deep, under fired if shallow, and 
usually the burners are so arranged that half of them can be turned off once 
operating temperature has been attained. 

They are regularly supplied with castmeehanite or chromax pots for use with 
lead or salt. Linings are insulating refractory backed by block insulation. 
The burners and combustion system are generally similar to those of the 
round style pot furnaces described on the preceding pages. 



No. 102 Rectangular Pot Furnace 





» Pi 



i- 

< 



No. 106 Rectangular Pot Furnace 



Low Temperature Rectangular 
Pot Furnaces 

These furnaces find application especially in the heat treatment of Dur- 
alumin, annealing brass, tin dipping, lead coating, etc. also for tempering. 

They are extensively used for continuous hardening and tempering of wire 
and strip and for lead quenching at elevated temperatures. A cover is provided 
to reduce radiation loss when so desired.,. 

Temp. Range 450°— 1200°F. 









Approx. 














Pot Size 


Max. Gas 


Approx. 


Location 












Cons 


N/lax Air 


of 


Lining 




Fur. 








(1050B.T.U) 


16 oz. 


Burners 




No. 


Lg. 


Width 


Depth 


C.F.H. 


C.F.M. 








115 


23" 


15 V 4 " 


18" 


160 


27 


side 


4V 2 "I.R., 1' 
4U"I.R. 


Ins. 


30A 


23 W' 


is y 4 " 


12" 


140 


25 


bottom 




114 


30" 


30" 


30" 


325 


54 


side 


4W'IJR M V 


Ins. 


101 


48" 


18" 


8%" 


263 


44 


bottom 


2V 2 "I.R- 




107 


48" 


18" 


40" 


350 


60 


side 


4V 2 "I.R., 1' 


Ins. 


105 


f?, 1 / 2 " 


24 W' 


15" 


275 


56 


bottom 


41/2'T.R. 




112 


51" 


30 Jj" 


30" 


540 


90 


side 


4 1/2" I. R., V 


Ins. 


108 


58" 


21 W' 


16%" 


440 


74 


bottom 


4V 2 "F.C. 




104 


60" 


40" 


11" 


250 


42 


bottom 


2V 2 "F.C. 




113 


72" 


24 W* 


20" 


600 


100 


side 


4V 2 "I.R., 1' 


Ins. 


100 


72" 


24" 


7" 


350 


60 


bottom 


2V 2 "I.R. 




117 


72" 


30" 


10" 


500 


83 


bottom 


4V 2 "I.R., 1' 


Ins. 


106 


72" 


30" 


30" 


500 


83 


side 


41/2'T.R., 1' 


Ins. 


121 


72" 


34" 


30" 


650 


108 


side 


4V 2 ' / F.C. 




119 


83" 


29" 


28" 


650 


108 


side 


4V 2 "F.C. 




122 


88" 


34" 


30" 


680 


114 


side 


4V 2 "F.C. 




125 


96" 


36" 


10" 


470 


78 


bottom 


4y 2 "I.R., 1' 


Ins. 


103 


120" 


40" 


11" 


750 


125 


bottom 


2V 2 "F.C. 




109 


127" 


18" 


14" 


650 


108 


bottom 


4%"I.R. 





o 

O 



No. 100 Rectangular Pot Furnace 



CO 60 
Q. u 

©3 



[ 
[ 

: 
: 
: 
: 
: 
: 
: 
: 
: 
: 
: 
: 




a uj 

cc lu 

CO *= 

oo > 

111 5 

O O 



Bench Forges 
Convertible Bench Forges 
All Purpose Forges 
Soldering Iron Heater 
Rivet Heaters 
Regular Forges 
Cutlery Forges ' 
Heavy-Duty Forges 
Van-Stoning Forges 



§ 



o 

B 

O 




a. z 



Bench Forges in a Vocational School. 



BC to 



O 



c 





No. OO Bench Forge 



Utility Bench Forge 

T^VERY tool room should 
-*-' have one of these forges 
which are especially suited 
for quickly heating small 
pieces for forging, bending, 
tool dressing, end hardening 
or annealing of carbon and 
high speed tools, brazing, etc. 
A forging heat can be ob- 
tained in two minutes from 
cold. Removable front, back and top bricks make them con- 
venient for locally heating long rods for bending or otherwise 
forming. Opposing burner flames firing into the heating 
chamber assure uniform heating. 

These forges are widely used for forging surgical and dental 
tools and in school shops, laboratories, etc. 

Venturi action mixing system employing air at 1 to IV2 p.s.i. 
supplies air-gas mixture to burner. 

Optional Feature: Compressed air reduction equipment to 
utilize 60 p.s.i. air as described on page 166 can be supplied at a 
slight additional charge. 



No. OO 



0C LU 

CO * 

CO > 

O O 



No. OO Bench Forge 

Entrances (front and back)— 3" 

wide x 2" high. 
Heating space — 4" deep. 
Max. air at 16 oz. 

— 10 cu. ft. per min. 
Max. gas consumption 

(1050 B.T.U.)— 75 C.F.H. 
Connections — Gas, %" — Air, y 2 "- 
Bench space — 45" x 12". 
Net weight— 40 lbs. 
Shipping weight — 50 lbs. 

No. OOA Bench Forge. 

Entrance 3%" high. 

Other specifications as above 

for OO. 



PAGE 107 



No. OOA Bench Forge 






Convertible 
Bench 
Forge 



Model 89 -CB Bench Forge 

Forging, bending, tool dressing, brazing, hardening or annealing 
of carbon and high speed steel parts can be readily accomplished 
in these versatile A.G.F. Convertible Bench Forges. They are 
extensively used by tool rooms, school shops, manufacturers of 
orthopedic devices, laboratories, etc. Forging heat is obtained 
in 15 to 25 minutes. 

Removable cover and entrance bricks increase versatility, per- 
mitting heating portions of long work or hardening unusually 
shaped pieces. Entrance height can be increased by placing 
extra bricks under the removable cover. If desired, the Model 
89-DB can be supplied with an additional 89 -CB top brick for 
increased efficiency in handling small parts. 

The Model 89-DB Bench Forge can be supplied with a hole in its 
top brick to accommodate either a graphite crucible, cast iron 
pot or pressed steel pot. See figures A, B, and C. When pot or 
crucible is removed the furnace converts to a standard forge. 
Casing is fabricated of heavy steel plate and structural members 
welded together. 

Adjustable work supporting rack is provided at the front 
entrance opening. 

High quality lining is of moulded hard burned fireclay. The 
removable cover brick is banded to give longer service life. The 
Model 89-DB is equipped with a Carbofrax work hearth. 
Heat resisting alloy burners (two on each side) fire into the 
heating chamber. In the Model 89-DB, the burners fire under- 
neath the removable hearth slab. Burner positions are staggered 
to insure uniform heating. 

Venturi action mixing system employs air at 1 to l l / 2 pounds 
pressure to supply air-gas mixture to the burners. 

OPTIONAL FEATURES 

Compressed air reduction equipment to utilize 60 p.s.i. air as 

described on page 166 can be supplied at a slight additional 

charge. 

Floor stand of any desired working height can be supplied for 

both Model 89-CB and 89-DB at a nominal cost. 



Page 108 





Entrances 


Heating 
Chamber 


II 
sad 


*8£ 

u 

ca -; . 

2uS 


Supply 
Connections 
(Pipe Size) 


4) 
5 

0) 

a 
J 


Approx, 

Weight 

Lbs. 


1 

£2 


-a 


be 

1 


.c 


I 


Air 


Gas 


Net 


Gross 


89CB 
89DB 


6" 

6" 


2" 
|4" 


6" 
t6" 


6" 
f6" 


94 
94 


13 
13 


1" 
1" 


w 

Vz" 


26" 

X 

16" 


95 
100 


140 
150 



■ co 

Uj UJ 

CC uj 

o s 



CO 



J* 

o o 



Q 



fWith Carbofrax hearth in position, entrance is 3%" high; heating space 
4V&" wide x 6" deep. 



1T7HEN desired, the No. 89- 
* * DB Bench Forge may be 
supplied with a hole in its top 
brick together with a suitable 
top cover brick with handle to 
accommodate either a graphite 
crucible, cast iron pot or pressed 
steel pot as illustrated below. 





Model 89-DB Bench Forge 



Figure A. Modified No. 89-DB 
Bench Forge illustrated at left 
is supplied with a No. 2 graphite 
crucible (3 3 4" outside top diam- 
eter x 4V2" overall height) and 
-^- top cover brick with handle. 



Figure B. Modified No. 89-DB 
Bench Forge illustrated at right 
is supplied with a cast iron pot 
pattern No. 692 with handle 
(pot size 3y 2 " diameter x 2%" 
deep) and with a top cover 
brick with handle. -> 




\rv 




[/\] 



Figure C. Modified No. 89-DB 
Bench Forge illustrated at left 
is supplied with a pressed steel 
pot 4" diameter x 6" deep and 
with top cover brick with 
handle. 

PAGE 109 



CO CO 

UJ CC 

Q- uj 

h: z 



QC 

ID 

5 
o 




All Purpose Forges 



A.G.F, All Purpose Forges are of 
the same general construction as 
the model 89-CB. These larger 
model double entrance forges are 
especially suitable for general forg- 
ing, heating ends of bars, and will 
easily reach operating tempera- 
tures up to 2400°F. All Purpose 
Forges are supplied in either 
regular floor models or bench 
models . 

Casing is constructed of welded 
steel plate suitably reinforced with 
structural members. 

Lining is of high grade hard 
burned fireclay to resist abrasion 
and spalling and to give longer 
service life. 

Removable banded top cover brick 
adds to the range of work that may 
be handled. The side wall height may be built up by the use of 
standard firebrick to accommodate special shaped pieces. 

Heat resisting alloy burners give long service life and minimize 
maintenance. 

Single valve ratio set combustion system employs a venturi 
action mixer using air at 1 to IV2 pounds per square inch pressure 
to proportionately entrain the fuel gas for fast and efficient 
heating. Heat input is regulated by the operation of a single air 
valve. This combustion system provides a wide turn down 
range necessary to achieve rapid heating as well as the ability 
to hold at temperature. 




OPTIONAL FEATURES 

Atmosphere adjusting burners. To reduce scaling to a minimum, 
these forges can be equipped with special atmosphere adjusting 
burners to surround the work with a highly reducing atmosphere. 

Compressed air reduction equipment to utilize 60 p.s.i. air as 
per page 166 can be supplied. 



PAGE 1 10 




*t_ 

M = 

Uj UJ 

CC Li 

c« "= 

CO > 
UJ 5 

o o 

3* 



All Purpose Forges 











13 




Supply 




Approx. 




Entrances 




Conn. 




Weight 










S2 « 

Ez 


3 « 


Pipe Size 




Lbs. 


















Z 

ll 


5 


at 
"53 

X 




OS L 

22U 


Max. Air R 
Cu. Ft. /Mir 
oz. Pressure 


Air 


Gas 




Net 


Gross 


*139 


12" 


2" 


12" 


200 


27 


1V 4 " 


3 / 4 " 


24" 


400 


500 


139A 


12" 


2" 


12" 


200 


27 


1V 4 " 


V 4 " 


X 


450 


600 


U39AA 


12" 


41/2" 


12" 


200 


27 


IV4" 


w 


35" 


450 


600 


*142 


12" 


8" 


12" 


200 


27 


IV4" 


w 


24" x 


400 


550 


142 A 


12" 


8" 


12" 


200 


ir 


1%" 


w 


35* 


450 


600 



*Bench Type 
+Single Entrance 



Iron Heater 



The Model No. 2 Soldering Iron Heater is recommended for the 
fastest and most efficient heating of soldering irons. The 
heater has a capacity of two four pound irons and is equipped 
with a rack for holding the irons horizontally in the heater. 

CONSTRUCTION FEATURES: 

Casing is fabricated of cast iron and sheet steel suitably re- 
inforced. 

Lining is fabricated of high quality hard burned fireclay. 
Venturi action mixing system employs air at 1 to 1% p.s.i. to 
supply air-gas mixture to the burners. 

OPTIONAL FEATURE : 

Compressed air reduction equipment to utilize 60 p.s.i. air as 
described on page 166 can be supplied at a slight additional 
charge. 



Model No. 2 

Entrance 3Vi" wide x 1%" high 

Depth 4V 2 " 

Max. air at 16 oz 7Cu. Ft./Min. 

Max. gas 

(1000 b.t.u.) 50 Cu. Ft./Hr. 

Connections Gas Vi" — Air 3 / 8 " 

Bench space 12" x 16" 

Net weight 36 lbs. 

Shipping weight 50 lbs. approx. 




UJ QC 
0. UJ 

ii 

q n 



iii n 



■ > 



p 



w 






No. 2 A Rivet Heater. 
Note use of high pressure air 
mixer as per page 166. 



Rivet Heaters 



TN our Rivet Heaters or Rivet 
Forges the flame is directed 
downward directly upon the work, 
thus securing rapid, efficient, and 
economical heating. 

As may be seen from the illustra- 
tion of the No. 2A, the casings are of 
modern all welded steel construc- 
tion with a handy storage space 
underneath for tongs, tools, etc. 

The No. 1 is a bench style with one 
opening, as shown, but the others 
are charged at the top in the rear 
of the furnace and hot rivets are 
removed at the front. The No. 2 A 
and 3 A are similar in appearance. 

The No. 5A is provided with two 
vertically sliding doors so that 
work may be drawn from either 
side independently. 



These furnaces, excepting the No. 1, are 
regularly supplied with our Single Valve Ratio 
Set which automatically maintains the 
desired air-gas ratio. Heat input is controlled 
by the air cock only. 

The floor bricks are made from hard burned 
refractory for maximum abrasion resistance. 

Capacities. The Model 1 Bench Style Rivet 
Heater is suitable for handling rivets up to 
sizes ranging from %" to Vz" diameter. The 
Model 2A Rivet Heater will handle a 30 pound 
charge of rivets up to %" diameter, 3" long. 
Heating rate of Z A" rivets is from ISO to 200 
per hour. 

The Model 3 A will accept a charge of 50 pounds and will easily heat 100 pounds 
of rivets per hour. Rivets up to 4" in length may be easily handled in this 
model. The largest Model 5A heater will handle 200 pounds of rivets per hour. 




No. 1 Rivet Heater 



V 


Inlet 
at Top 


Discharge 


XX 

c « 

CX 


X « 

9 ST 

CO fc^ 

us 


N 



fa 

0^ 


s 

X 




X 
C 


X 


X 

'5 

X 


u CO 


l 


- 


- 


sw 


3V 2 " 


6V 4 " 
(ID.) 


94 


13 


2A 


4" 


9" 


9" 


17" 


112 


15 


3A 


5" 


11" 


12" 4" 


25 W' 1 200 


27 


5A 


7" 


17" 


18" | 7%" 1 48" 500 


70 



PAGE 1 12 




2 UJ 

O £ 

</> > 

o o 



Regular Forges 



in*OR the heating of all kinds of 
*■ small and medium size work, in- 
cluding chisels, lathe and planer 
tools and for forging generally, our 
Regular Forges are extensively used. 
The opening at the rear is identical 
with the front opening to permit 
heating work at a mid-point for up- 
setting or bending. 

These forges are provided with our 
single valve ratio set, thus giving 
quick adjustment by means of one 
valve only and the correct air to gas 
mixture for most efficient heating 
over the entire operating range. 

Large specially moulded hard burned 
refractory sections are used in the 
lining to insure a long life with a 
minimum of repairs. Heat resisting 
alloy burners fire in from both sides 
of the heating chamber. 

A special feature of these furnaces is 

their short heating up time and the speed with which work can 

be turned out. 

The usual dirt, smoke and other disadvantages of coal or oil 
forges is entirely eliminated. Furthermore these gas forges are 
provided with our Single Valve Ratio Set, which gives quick 
adjustment of heat input by means of the air cock only, main- 
taining the selected "air to gas" ratio automatically. Thus a 
rich fire can be used to reduce scaling to a minimum. 










D 








Entrances 




0® 

!/>0 
CO W-v • 


1 u 










« a 












Forge 








OSx 


< 3 




No. 








lit 


il* 








x 
bfi 






3-s.S 


si 




£ 


X 


-SO 


*£ m 


ZM 




2B 


5V 2 " 


3" 


6" 


17S 


24 


24" x 24" 


3E 


9" 


2" 


12" 


250 


34 


30" x 26" 


*5H 


11" 


3" 


12" 


300 


40 


32" x 26" 


5HB 


11" 


5" 


14" 


250 


34 


32" x 26" 



£1 

q cd 



♦Single or double entrance. 



5 

O 



PAGE 1 13 




Heavy Duty 
Forges 

Used in many plants for pro- 
duction forging of medium 
and heavy parts, our Heavy 
Duty Forges entirely elimin- 
ate the dirt and smoke char- 
acteristic of oil or coal fired 
equipment. 

They are constructed 
throughout for hard service 
with an extra heavy welded 
steel plate casing and a 
lining of 4^" of highest 
quality hard burned fire 
clay refractory backed by block insulation. The hearth is of 
Sillimanite to resist abrasive action and any slagging action 
which may occur. The comparatively high absorption char- 
acteristics of this refractory hearth mean that the heat stored 
in it is given up to the under side of the work when it is placed 
in position. The hearth extends out from the chamber slightly 
to make a convenient working shelf. 

Numerous small heat resisting alloy burners firing across the 
forge under the arch insure rapid, efficient heating. The single 
valve ratio set which serves them provides the correct mixture of 
air and gas at all times for efficiency and for the most desirable 
atmospheric conditions to hold scaling at a minimum. 

Atmosphere adjusting burners, which enter between the regular 
heating burners, make it possible to carry a highly reducing 
atmosphere where it is desired to reduce scaling further. 

Preheating pipe for the air extending in a "U" across the front 
of the furnace and a shield to protect the operator are also 
provided. An auxiliary rear entrance may also be furnished if 
it is desired to heat parts of long work. 













</) 




Supplv 






Entrance 




u 


c a 


, c 


Conn . 










a 

1 

a 


w 




Pipe Size 






















Ji 


3 H 


i- efl 






u 


X 


wx 


£ 


.£•£ 


U-OQ 


«? 








~0 


OX 


4jM 

"0 "53 


js 


2u2 


la 


Air 


Gas 


143 


18" 


w 


4" 


12" 


310 


41 


1V 2 " 


1" 


fl48 


20" 


12" 


9" 


38" 


740 


98 


2V 2 " 


2" 


145B 


24" 


- — ■ 


1 1/ 2 " 


9" 


290 


40 


1%" 


1" 


145 


24" 


■ — - 


3" 


9" 


290 


40 


1%" 


1" 


129 A 


24" 


6J4" 


3" 


19" 


450 


60 


2" 


1V 4 " 


144 


24" 


6V 4 " 


3" 


38" 


650 


90 


2V 2 " 


l w 


|149 


24" 




6" 


48" 


765 


102 


2Vz" 


2" 


tl50 


24" 


13" 


10" 


24" 


485 


72 


2" 


w 


146 


36" 


— 


3" 


24" 


650 


90 


2 W 


1 w 



fWith sliding door. 



PAGE 1 14 




Cutlery 
Forges 

/^UTLERY Forges find appli- 
^~*^ cation especially on produc- 
tion jobs where heating the ends 
of numerous small blanks is 
involved, such as scissor blanks, 
small chisels, punches, etc. A 
number of pieces are heated 
simultaneously and as rapidly 
as a hot piece is removed it is 
replaced with a cold one. 

The cover brick is removable so 
that increased height can be 
obtained where required and to 
facilitate repairs. 



No. 78H Forge 



The back is closed by means of a 
brick which can be slid forward 

or backward as desired for adjusting the depth of the heating 
chamber. This brick may also be removed entirely, thus con- 
verting the forge to double -entrance style. 

Air gas mixture is supplied for these Forges by our Single Valve 
Ratio Sets, which give quick adjustment of heat input by means 
of the air cock only, maintaining the desired air to gas ratio 
automatically, thus a rich fire can be used to reduce scaling to 
a minimum. 





Entrances 




h 
i 4JCQ 


1 u 

« a 


Supply 
Conn. 




Forge 


| 








<dS 


Pipe Size 


Floor 






No. 




| 


"2a 


3 £~ 
0-2 3 


3.5 ^ 
S -3 £ 




3 


Space 




£ 


X 


23a 


x^E 


< 







20D 


15" 


iy 2 " 


4" 


175 


25 


1V 4 " 


¥ 


29" x 20" 


78H 


20" 


2" 


6" 


250 


34 


}# 


40" x 21" 


78HA 


20" 


1" 


6" 


200 


17 


IV4" 


1" 


40" x 24" 


130B 


20" 


2" 


12" 


225 


30 


1}4" 


1" 


40" x 28" 


130C 


20" 


6 " 


12" 


250 


34 


lVi" 


1" 


40" x 28" 



to K 

UJ " 

DC LU 

to *= 

to > 

O O 




en « 
UJ cc 
Ql uj 

IS 

q a, 



PAGE 1 15 



a: « 



o 




No. 138 Van Stoning 
Forge with single valve 
ratio set. 



T^HESE forges were originally designed for heating the ends of 
heavy pipes and tubes, for rolling out a flange, in making 
the Van Stone type of joint. 

These Forges are also used for the heating of various styles of 
tubing, for flanging, as mentioned above, or for necking. 

Burners fire tangentially for uniform, rapid heating of the end 
of the work without flame impingement. 

The front brick is readily removable to permit one with a larger 
or smaller hole being substituted, according to the size of the 
pipe or tubing being heated. 

Lining is of heavy hard burned specially moulded refractory. 
The burners are of heat resisting alloy and are served by our 
Single Valve Ratio Set. 



No. 


I. D. 

of 
Chamber 


Length 
Inside 
End 
Bricks 


Maximum 

Opening 

Front 

Brick 


Max. Gas 

Consumption 

C.F.H. 1050 

B.T.U. Gas 


Air Req. 

C.F.M. at 

16 oz. 


*136 
137 
138 


10" 

18" 
28" 


8" 

7" 

10" 


6" dia. 
12" dia. 
20" dia. 


120 
250 
550 


20 
35 

75 


*Bench T 

PAGE 1 16 


ype. 












AC UJ 

CO * 

CO > 

id £ 

O O 

u -j 



Bench Type Melters 



Regular Melters 



g 

UJ 

to 

3 



Brass Melters 



High Heat Melters 



Aluminum Melters 



Soft Metal Melters 




A Battery of Regular Melters for the 
U. S. Mint in San Francisco. 



ii 

o m 



UJ LU 
Z « 

CO > 



c 
I 
I 

[ 
[ 
I 

[ 
r 
c 

c 
[ 

: 
: 



Gold and 

Silver 

Melter 





OC LU 

o o 

at 



5 

Q 

-I 

£ 



Improved No. 1-B 
High Heat Melter 



THESE small melters are used principally for small melts of 
gold and silver and for experimental and test work in 
laboratories. 

The No. 1 -A Little Giant Melter is designed for the melting of 
precious metals. The furnace can be easily disassembled by 
the removal of three wing nuts, thus facilitating recovery of 
precious metal in the event of crucible breakage. 
The No. 1-B High Heat Melter is especially designed for labora- 
tory work and other melting operations which require tempera- 
tures up to 1800°F. 

The time required to melt 10 ounces of copper, using air at one 
pound per square inch, is 10 minutes. 

Improved Venturi Mixer simplifies adjustment and increases 
heating efficiency. 

Furnace lining is of fire clay refractory and insulation for 
economy and increased speed, 

A convenient rack is provided for supporting the hot cover, 
when removing the crucible. 

Melter No. 1-A 1-B 

Capacity — No. 0000 black lead crucible, which will hold one and a half pounds, 
troy weight, of gold when % full. 

Max. air at 16 oz. C.F.M 5 6 

Max. gas (1050 B.T.U.) in cu. ft./hr 30 40^ 

Connections f Gas . 14" ^4" 

{ Air.. ft" %" 

Bench Space 12" x 17" 10" x 14" 

Net Weight, lbs 15 27 

Shipping Weight, lbs 25 40 



No. 1A "LITTLE GIANT 1 ' MELTER. 



M CO 

UJ cc 

q co 





No. 12-C 

Mclfer 



No. 12-C Melter equipped with cast iron pot. 



A versatile, compact gas-fired bench furnace which can be used 
either as a crucible or pot type melter. 

As a melter, the No. 12-C easily achieves operating temperatures 
of 2250°F. for the crucible melting of brass, silver, gold, etc. 
The same furnace will readily accommodate either a cast iron 
or pressed steel pot for melting lead and other soft metals. 
The No. 12-C Melter is of rugged and durable construction 
which includes the use of two alloy burners, venturi action 
mixer, high quality hard burned fireclay lining, heavy sheet 
steel furnace body and pot supporting ring. 

SPECIFICATIONS 

For the melting of various soft metals, the furnace is equipped 

with a cast iron pot having a pouring spout and lifting lugs to 

permit the use of a lifting bar when pouring. The pot is 6" in 

diameter x 5" deep and has a capacity of approximately 40 

pounds of lead. 

For crucible melting, a suitable refractory cover, with handle, 

crucible supports and #4 graphite crucible can be supplied. 

Capacity of No. 4 graphite crucible is as follows : 

Bronze and Brass — approximately 10 pounds. 

Gold — approximately 29 pounds troy. 

Silver— approximately 16 pounds troy. 

Aluminum — approximately 3 pounds. 

For special requirements a cast: iron crucible ^/% f in diameter x 

5" deep can be supplied. 

Chamber Size: 8" diameter x 7 l /4" available depth. 

Maximum Air Requirement: Approximately 7 cu. ft./min. at 

one pound per square inch pressure. 
Maximum Gas Consumption: 

40 c.f.h. 1050 b.t.u. natural gas. 
Connections: Air — %", Gas — %". 
Bench Space: 20" x 24". 
Net Weight — approximately 120 

pounds. 
Shipping Weight — approximately 

150 pounds. 
Shipping Measure for Export — 

24" x 24" x 22". 

No. 12-C Melter equipped with 
crucible supports, crucible and 
banded top cover with handle. 




PAGE 118 




Regular 

Mellers 



No. 2 Regular Melter 



A.G.F. Regular Melters 
are principally used by 
jewelry manufacturers 
for melting gold and 
silver ; however, they 
are also ideally suited 
for making small melts 
of copper, brass, alum- 
inum, etc. 

The Model No. 2 has a 
maximum recommen- 
ded operating temper- 
ature of approximately 
2200°F. The standard Model No. 3 and No. 4 Regular Melters 
achieve operating temperatures of approximately 2700°F. The 
Model No. 3 can be equipped with a high temperature refractory 
lining for temperatures up to approximately 2900°F. 

The No. 2 Regular Melter is mounted into a working table 22" 
wide x 29" long. Models No. 3 and 4 have tables with a working 
space approximately 20" x 20". 

CONSTRUCTION FEATURES INCLUDE: 

High quality hard burned fireclay lining consists of four easily 
removable sections — cover, upper cylinder, lower cylinder and 
crucible support. 

Circular manifold has three burner tips equally spaced apart 
and firing tangentially into the heating chamber to assure 
uniform heating of the 
crucible. Single valve ratio 
set permits one valve regula- 
tion of heat input and pro- 
vides superior control of 
combustion. 

A drip crucible is provided 
underneath the melter to- 
gether with a suitable draw- 
out hole in the bottom of the 
heating chamber to contain 
molten metals in event of 
crucible breakage or spillage. 

See tabulation of sizes on 
following page. 




az uj 

GO > 

o o 



No. 3 Regular Melter 



PAGE 1 19 



5 

O 




Regular Melter Models 



Regular 


Black 

Lead 

Crucible 

Number 


Capacity in 

lbs. (Troy) 

of Gold 

KFull 


Gas 

1050 B.T.U. 
Maximum 
Cubic Ft. 
Per Hour 


Air cu. ft. 

per min. at 

16 oz. 

Pressure 


Size of 
Chamber 


Melter 

No. 


Dia. 


Depth 


2 
3 

4 


4 17 
8 37 
10 55 


63 
150 
175 


10 
25 
29 


6" 

7" 


7W' 

10%" 




No. 3 Regular Melter arranged 
for Determination of the 
Fusibility of Coal Ash. 

With observation Tube, Therm- 
ocouple Hole and a Set of 
Older Style Crucibles (For 
latest style crucibles, see dia- 
gram below) 

The No. 3 Regular Melter 
with high temperature 
lining as previously de- 
scribed, but without drip 
crucible is also supplied 
as illustrated for deter- 
mining the fusibility of 
coal ash— see A. S.T.M. De- 
signation D271-42, also Bureau of Mines Bulletin No. 129. 
Temperatures up to 3000°F. can be obtained. It can when so 
desired, be supplied with a Sillimanite lining for longer life at 
maximum temperatures. „ ' 

The upper cylinder has two holes, an observation hole 2" in 
diameter with its center 4" from the top of the cylinder and a 
1" thermocouple hole 90° to the right, bottoms of the two holes 
being in the same horizontal 
plane. The observation hole 
is equipped with a Sillimanite 
tube, brass sleeve and glass 
window. Corundite crucibles are 
supplied as shown in the pic- 
ture, or in accordance with the 
cross sectional diagram shown 
below, the latter being a slightly 
simpler and preferable setup. 

Accessories can be obtained 
from the Scientific Supply 
houses. 




PAGE 120 




CO OC 

II 

OC l±J 

to >, 
UJ > 

o o 



Large 
Regular Melters 

/"\UR Regular Melters are 
^S used principally for melting 
gold and silver in black lead 
crucibles. Three burners fire 
tangentially to prevent flame 
impingement on the crucible. 
All parts are readily detachable 
and easily replaced. The crucible 
support assembly is held in 
place by a support bar which can 
be quickly knocked out to drop 
the entire bottom and contents 
in event of crucible breakage. 
The Nos. 41/2, 5, 7 and 9 Regular 
Melters have a swing lifting 
device for raising and moving to 
one side the heavy top refractory brick for access to the crucible. 




1- 

s 



No. 41/2 Regular Melter 
arranged with table. 



These Melters are regularly designed for temperatures up to 
2500°F. 

All of these Melters are supplied with our single valve ratio set, 
thus providing proper combustion throughout the entire op- 
erating range. 



Refining Melter 

The No. 4V2 Regular Melter is known as a No. 4 l /z Refining 
Melter when it is supplied with a drip crucible. Longer legs, 
and a bottom arrangement similar to that used in the No. 3 
are used in this case. 






Regular 


Black 

Lead 

Crucible 

Number 


Capacity in 

lbs. (Troy) 

of Gold 

3* Full 


Gas 

1050 B.T.U. 

Maximum 

Cubic Ft. 

Per Hour 


Air cu. ft 

per min. at 

16 oz. 

Pressure 


Size of 
Chamber 


Melter 
No, 


Dia. 


Depth 


41/2 
5 
7 
9 


16 

20 

40 

100 


78 
112 
212 
462 


175 
250 
460 
643 


29 
41 

*107 


9" 

ioy 2 " 
12 w 

15%" 


11" 

11 W' 

143/4" 

173/ 4 " 



*Air blast at 24 oz. 






of « 



page 121 



q: 
o 




High Heat 
Melter 



No. 410 High Heat Melter 
with Single Valve Ratio 
Set. 



The No, 410 High Heat Melter 
is designed for high temperature 
operation and is ideally suited 
for experimental melting of 
such materials as copper, brass, 
nickel, steel, glass, etc. This gas- 
fired melter can readily achieve 
temperatures of 2800°F, oper- 
ating with gas and air at 1% 
pounds per square inch pressure. Temperatures in excess of 
3000°F. can be achieved by equipping the melter with a special 
oxygen injection feature. 

High efficiency lining consists of an inner cylinder of super 
heavy-duty refractory backed with an outer cylinder of high 
grade insulating refractory to give long life under severe 
operating conditions. 

Swing lift type mechanism is provided for the cover to easily 
raise it and swing it to either side. 

Four alloy burners, equally spaced apart, fire tangentially into 
the heating chamber through super refractory burner tunnels, 
thus assuring uniform and efficient heating, with quiet 
operation. 

A drip crucible is provided underneath the melter with a suitable 
drain-out hole in the chamber. 





Size of 
Chamber 


'I 

U 




Lin 


ing 



H 
CO c 


c 










8Z 


u 




oU 


>. 




£ o 


© u 


dk 


is 

£2 


0) 

£ 

b 


X 
a 

a 


oz 


Sit c 

Xiju 


Is 


*8 


2u 


< 

2* 


410 


9V 2 " 


12" 


10 


32" 


1" 


2%" 


275 


46 



PAGE 122 



Melters 



No. 3 Brass Melter with 
Single Valve Ratio Set. 




GO °= 

to * 

GO > 

O O 



5 



A.G.F. Brass Melters are suitable for melting all types of non-ferrous metals 
including bronze, copper, copper alloys, silver, gold, aluminum, etc. at 
operating temperatures up to approximately 2300°F. 

The lining is of high quality, hard burned refractory. Lining consists of five 
easily removable components — vent cover, top cover, chamber, cylinder, 
crucible supports and bottom brick. 

Burners fire tangentially to prevent flame impingement on the crucible. 
They are located well above the bottom so that in case of crucible breakage 
they are not clogged. A bottom outlet which also serves as a lighting hole 
is also provided for drainage in case of crucible failure. 

The main cover, which is easily removed with the cover lifting mechanism, 
has a large hole for charging as melting progresses. It is closed by a small 
cover with a vent hole. 



With these melters, the first heat is obtained in one hour and 30 minutes, 
the second in one hour and 20 minutes, and the third and subsequent heats 
in one hour or less. Gas consumption for the first heat, provided the melter 
is in good condition, is at the rate of 6 cubic feet per pound; for the second 
heat, 5 cubic feet per pound, and for the third and subsequent heats, 4 cubic 
feet per pound. 



GO GO 
l±J CC 
0_ (J 









Gas 




Size of 


Brass 


Black 


( 'upacit y 


1050 B.T.U. 


Air cu. ft. 


Chamber 


Melter 


I xad 


in lbs. 


Maximum 


per min. at 




No. 


Crucible 


of Brass 


Cubic Ft, 


16 02. 








Number 


KFull 


per Hour 


Pressure 


Dia. 


Depth 


1 


25 


70 


225 


37 


133/4" 


nw 


2 


40 


120 


250 


41 


14" 


3 


50 


150 


375 


62 


i4V 2 " 


IS*/*" 


4 


60 


180 


502 


*83 


15" 


18" 


5 


80 


240 


550 


*92 


16 V 2 " 
21%" 


19" 


6 


200 


500 


800 


*133 


23" 



*Air blast at 24 oz. 






uj ui 
z to 
oc . 

a > 
e « 



PAGE 123 




No. 375 

Aluminum 
Melter with 
Single Valve 
Ratio Set. 



Aluminum Melters 

(Pot Type) 

Aluminum Melters are designed for rapid and efficient melting of non- 
ferrous metals at temperatures up to 1400°F. 

All models are supplied with standard cast iron pots for ladling out operation. 
Model No. 375- AD has a bottom draw-off pot with an external shut-off cock. 

High efficiency lining comprises \ l /z' insulating refractory backed with 2" 
of block insulation. This type of lining construction insures fast heating and 
economical operation. 

Heavy sheet steel furnace body is ruggedly constructed for long life. 

Heavy wall cast iron pot gives long operating life. 

Tangential firing. Multiple burners of alloy— four on Model No. 375 and 
eight on Model No. 372 fire tangentially into the heating chamber, thus 
assuring uniform heating. Single valve ratio set provides one valve control 
of heat input and combustion. 





Approx. 








3 


c 




Size of 


E 




Lining 


f— 




Pot 


u 3 






cc - 


£1 






3 

>>< 


Bn° 




si 

1- 


*4 

34, 


u 




60 >> 

c 


c 




3 JJ 


3 u 

<1 


g 

ca 

5 


a 

V 




3° 

a® 


x"o 
.2Pa 


£8 

si 
p. u 


CO 

3 


Id 


<0 

si 

2* 


t375A 


17" 


17 W 


300* 


32" 


4V 2 " 


2" 


200 


33 


372A 


24" 


18" 


500* 


36 y 2 " 


4V 2 " 


2" 


450 


75 



*Filled to within 2" of the top. 

fWhen supplied with bottom draw -off Pot known as No. 375- AD. 



PAGE 124 



Soft Metal 
Melters 




No, 371 Soft Metal Melter 



A.G.F. Soft Metal Melters 
are ideally suited for the 
melting of tin, lead, babbitt, 
etc. at temperatures up to 
1000°F. All models are gas 
fired; however, the No. 372 
can be furnished for oil 
firing. 

All standard models listed 
below are supplied with regu- 
lar cast iron pots for ladling 
out operation. Models 371 -A 
and 372 -B are equipped with bottom draw -off pots with internal 
shut -off valves. 

CONSTRUCTION FEATURES INCLUDE: 

High quality insulating refractory lining permits fast heating 

and economical operation. 

Heavy wall cast iron pot is supplied to give long operating life. 

Models No. 370 and 371 are equipped with a bottom burner 
which produces a tangential flame to uniformly heat the pot. 
The No. 372 is equipped with four alloy burners equally spaced 
apart, firing tangentially into the chamber to produce uniform 
heating of the pot and contents. 

Single valve ratio set provides one valve control of heat input 
and combustion. 





Pot 
Type 


Size 
of Pot 


0*0 

'S-J 

S ."0 

9-* rt 

CO W 

UCLJ 


■si 

II 


c 


Maximum Gas 
Consumption 1050 
B.T.U. Natural Gas 
Cu. Ft./Hr. 


3 CO 

tit 

a* 4 

4- 3 N 

2U 


Supply 
Connections 


si 

js2 


"2 

CO 

c 

08 


E? 
3 * 

t! co 

&6 


u 

£ 

CO 

5 


a 
u 

Q 


< 


to 

CO 


120 


V 




10%" 


8 3/ 4 " 


160 


341/4" 


2i/ 2 " 


85 


13 


1" 


1/2" 


370 


V 
V 





11 w 


10%" 


335 


34y 2 " 


2V2" 


88 


14 


1" 


1/2" 


371 


17" 


12 %" 


835 


34" 


2V2" 


112 


18 


PA" 


%" 


371 -A 




V 


18%" 


141/4" 


1000 


37i/ 2 " 


21/2" 


125 


21 


IV4" 


3/4" 


372 


v| 


24V 4 " 


18" 


2400 


30" 


41/2" 


175 


29 


IV2" 


1" 


372-B 




V 


26 yy 


I6V4" 


2700 


30" 


4V 2 " 


200 


33 


1%" 


IV4" 



CO DC 

DC uj 

to *= 

M > 

™ 5 

o o 

i 



CO CO 

UJ tr 
Q_ Ld 

si 



PAGE 125 



cc CO 



r 



c 

c 
c 

: 

: 
[ 

: 
: 




QC LU 

CO * 
CO > 

ii 



"Super"' Blowpipes 
"On & Off" Blowpipes 
Large Blowpipes 
Open Flame Burners 
Machlet Tips 
Ribbon Burners 
Fish Tail Burners 
Hand Fires 
Glass Fires 
Cross Fires 
Oxygen Gas Burners 
Soft Metal Burners 



! 




Using a Large Blowpipe for Brazing. 



ii 

O co 



cc 2 

LU Ld 



■ > 
of CO 



5 

o 



r 
c 
[ 

c 
[ 

: 

c 
[ 

r 

* 
[ 
: 
c 
: 




«1 

CO °c 
u £ 

DC LU 

CO 3. 



"Super" 
Blowpipes 

'"PHESE blowpipes are supplied for manu- 
* factured gas, natural gas, mixed 
natural and manufactured gas, also the 
gases marketed in cylinders, such as 
propane and butane. Best results are 
obtained with air at 1 to 2 lbs./sq. in. and 
gas at 3" to 6" water column pressure. 
Air at high pressures may also be utilized 
by means of one of the high pressure air 
reducers shown on page 148. 

Anything between a soft, mild flame and 
an extremely sharp concentrated fire is 
obtainable. They are adapted for: (1) 
Laboratory work; (2) Soldering and braz- 
ing: (3) Automobile radiator repair work-? 
(4) Automobile body work; (5) General 
work in the electrical field; and (6) Local 
annealing and hardening. 

Hand Blowpipe->- 




•r. 








§ 




Supply 


s 





%0 


Maximum 




c 


Connections 


■S 


"Q 


Size of Flame, 


a 


2 

\ 


Outside 


c 


<y 


U 3 « o 

CMlZ o 


Inches 


Diameter 




3 
°3 






Q X uZ 

2cQ > 


3 


<| CO 

. d 
2« 


Inches 


5%. 

SB'S, 

-co 

OX 


.IS 


£ 

a 

5 


C 


CO 




< 


000 


000N 


Vl6 


4 


2,625 


.5 


Vl 6 


Vl6 


11% 


00 


00N 


% 


4 


5,250 


1.0 


Vl6 


Vl6 


11 Va 





ON 


Vz 


4 


10,500 


1.6 


Vl6 


5 /l6 


11 J? 


IE 


1EN 


% 


6 


18,900 


3.0 


Vl6 


Vl6 


11% 


1 


IN 


3 /4 


6 


18,900 


3.0 


% 


3 /8 


14 


2 


2N 


1% 

2$ 


9V 2 


52,500 


9.0 


Vl6 


Vl6 


16 


3 


3N 


15 


115,500 


19.0 


l M« 


"/ifi 


19 



Each "Super 11 Blowpipe contains a built- 
in venturi mixer, which produces thorough 
mixing of the gas and air prior to com- 
bustion. They should not be confused 
with inferior ' 'nozzle-mixing" blowpipes, 
in which the gas and air are fed through 
concentric tubes and mixed at the nozzle, 
giving a ragged flame which has a narrow 
range of adjustment and cannot be 
brought into sharp focus. 
These blowpipes are supplied in two 
types — hand and stand as illustrated 
which produce exactly the same flame 
characteristics. The Tips used are not 
interchangeable from one type to the 
other. However, in each of the tyoes, 
the 000, 00, and IE tips of both the "N" 
and manufactured gas types, all fit into 
what is known as a No. frame. All other 
sizes are not interchangeable. 

Stand Blowpipe->- 
PAGE 127 




Of 09 




It 



On and OH" Blowpipe 





IN many soldering and brazing operations, the operator desires 
a specific type of flame at intervals only. On and Off Blow- 
pipes provide this instantaneous control with a spring-type 
valve for opening the gas and air simultaneously. When it is 
released, a small pilot flame continues to burn. 

These Blowpipes are made iri two size frames with levers, the 
No. and No. 2. The No. frame accommodates tips Nos. 
000, 00, and 1-E of both the "N" and manufactured gas types 
as listed on Page 127. The No. frame is 7%" overall and has 
the gas and air tubes encased in suitable insulation. Hose 
Vi" I.D. should be used. 

The No. 2 frame is 12%" overall and it takes only the No. 2 and 
2N heads with characteristics as listed on Page 127. Hose 
l / 2 " I.D. should be used. 



Note No valves for adjusting air and gas are included in this type of Blowpipe. 
It is therefore necessary for the user to provide valves or cocks at the 
other end of the hose line. The "On and Off" valve only turns air and gas 
completely on or off as its name implies, excepting the small gas pilot which 
may be adjusted by a screw under the body of the "On and Off' 1 valve. 

The "Super" Blowpipes on page 127 are equipped with cocks for adjustment 
of air and gas, but have not the "on and off" feature. When ordering this 
type specify "ON AND OFF" BLOWPIPE WITH LEVER. 

PAGE 128 



: 




g UJ 

CO LU 

to m 

CO > 

UJ > 

O O 



Large Blowpipes 

Our large Blowpipes are designed especially for : 

1. Brazing. 

2. Preheating for welding. 

3. Heating temporary furnaces built up of brick. 

4. In shipyards for coppersmithing, heating pipe for flanging 
and bending, etc. 

5. Miscellaneous applications such as crucible pre -heating, 
mold drying, hog singeing, and in general for any open 
flame application. 



Blow 


Approximate Size 

of Flame in 

Inches 


Max. Gas 

( Ions. 

B.T.U. 

Per Hr. 

Based on 

525 

B.T.U. 

Mfd. Gas 


Max. 

Air 

cu. 

ft./ 
Min. 

at 
16 oz. 


Supply 
Connections 
in Inches 


Length 

Blow- 
pipe 


pipe 

No. 


Dia. 


Length 


Air 


Gas 


in 
Inches 


*24 

*35H 

136 

t37 o 

f37S 

§37-T 

t432-A 

§432-G 


ift 

2 
3 
3 
3 
4 
4 


9 
13 
15 
20 
26 
26 
36 
36 


18,375 
65,625 
120,750 
241,500 
393,750 
393,750 
787,500 
787,500 


3 

9 

17 

36 

50 

50 

100 

100 


Vl6 

A 

l 5 /l 6 
1% 
1% 
1% 


% 

Vl6 

7 /« 
lVl6 
IVlS 

1% 

V/f 

l 7 /8 


14 
16 
24 
37 
37 
36 
36 
36 



♦Brass frame with adapter. 
tRegular pipe frame and iron head. 
§Drawn Steel Venturi Tube and alloy head. 

They are of heavy construction to withstand rough usage. 

Mixing of the gas and air takes place well in back of the head so that there is 
ample opportunity for them to thoroughly mix before combustion takes 
place, thus insuring maximum 

efficiency. No 36 Stand Blowpipe 

These Blowpipes are furnished 
either with or without a stand and 
clamp as illustrated. In the larger 
sizes, Nos. 37T and 43 2G are pre- 
ferred for use as hand type because 
of their lighter weight. 

When used to heat temporary 
furnaces or when firing into a 
brick tunnel the head should be 
back at least V 2 " from the opening. 

Air at one to 2 pounds per square 
inch pressure is required for their 
operation. Where such air is not 
available, high pressure air may be 
utilized by means of equipment as 
per page 148. 

A variety of different styles of braz- 
ing tables employing these large 
Blowpipes can also be furnished. 



PAGE 129 




2« 







Open Flame Burners 

Flame Retention Type 

TT is frequently desirable to manifold burner heads which will burn out in 

the open, and for this purpose we supply brass tips similar to our "Super 1 ' 

Blowpipe heads (see page 127) with a standard thread connection. A single 

valve ratio control set as described on pages 158 and 159 or at least a Venturi 

Mixer as described on pages 156 and 157 is 
required for furnishing an adequate 
supply of air and gas properly premixed 
if good results are to be obtained. 







Burner 






Physical 




Gas Cons. 


No. for 


Gas Cons. 


Flame 


Dimensions 


Burner 


B.T.U./Hr. 


Mixed 


B.T.U./Hr. 


Similar 




No. for 


525 B.T.U. 


Natural 


1050 B.T.U. 


to 






Manu- 


Gas; 8" 


or 


Gas, Opti- 


Blow- 


Overall 


Male Pipe 


factured 


Mixture 


Bottled 


mum Mixt. 


pipe 
No. 


Length 


Thread 


Gas 


Press. 


Gas 


Pressure 


Inches 


Conn. 


879 


1,820 


879-N 


2,625 


000 


2»/ 4 


W' 


871 


4,340 


871 -N 


5,250 


00 


2Vi 


W' 


657 


7,560 


657-N 


10,500 





n { A 


W' 


626 


14,560 


626-N 


18,900 


1 


23/4 


y 8 " 


622 


34,160 


622-N 


52,500 


2 


244 


%" 


753 


100,800 


753-N 


115,500 


3 


5V 8 


3 4" 



^Optimum — Highest operating capacity which gives ideal flame 

characteristics. 
fNo. 657-N Burner is 2%" long overall. 

High Capacity Open Flame Burners 



Burner tips for similar applications of cast 
"iron for greater capacity are supplied with a 
female thread connection. These heads 
correspond to those used on our large 
Blowpipes (see page 129) and burn satisfac- 
torily with natural, manufactured, mixed 
or bottled gas. 







Max. Gas 










Flame Size 


Cons. 
B.T.U./Hr. 




Inside 








Based on 
570 B.T.U. 


Max. Air 
cu. ft./min. 


Dia. 

Skirt on 


Female 


Burner 






Pipe 


No. 


Dia. 


Length 


Mfd. Gas 


at 16 02. 


Head 


Connection 


*24 


7 / 8 " 


8" 


33,000 


5.5 


13 /ie" 


w 


*24CA 


%" 


5" 


15,000 


2.5 


13 /l6" 


%" (Male) 


*35H 


1V4" 


13" 


45,000 


7.5 


IVis" 


3 /s" 


36 


2" 


16" 


80,000 


13.5 


2" 


3 /4" 


37 


3" 


20" 


250,000 


41.5 


2W' 


1$" 


37S 


3" 


20" 


410,000 


68.0 


2V 2 " 


1V2" 


37T 


H. R. Alloy Head 


410,000 


68.0 


2V 2 " 


2" 


432A 


4" 30" 


530,000 


88.0 


3" 


2" 


432G 


H. R. Allc 


>y Head 


530,000 


88.0 


3V 8 " 


2%" 



*Made of either machine steel or alloy, as specified when ordering. 



PAGE 130 




* 


09 1 


CO 


tt 


LU 


UJ 


E 


t 1 


o 


£ 


CO 


5 


O O 


o 

< 


* A 



Soft, mild 
focusflame 
burners 
which are 
perfectly 
steady and 
capable of 
exact ad- 
justment. 



Machlet Tips 




5 





422 64A 63 


62 


61 


377 




*Max. Gas Cons. 


Max. Air 


Thread 




Std. 




B.T.U. Per Hr. 


Cu. Ft./ 
min. at 16 


Con- 
nection 


Overall 
Length 


Spacing 
of Tips in 


Machlet 






Tip No. 


Mfd. Gas 


Natural Gas 


oz. 


Pipe 


Inches 


Manifold 




525 B.T.U. 


1050 B.T.U. 


Pressure 


Size 




Inches 


422 


15,750 


4,000 


.2 


H 


1% 


2 


64-A 


4,200 


2,250 


.5 


Vz 


i 


1% 


f565 


4,200 


2,250 


.5 


V 8 (fern.) 


i 


1% 
1% 


63 


2,625 


1,000 


.35 


% 


% 


62 


2,100 


1,000 


.3 


% 


3 /4 


l 3 /s 


61 


1,575 


750 


.25 


% 


% 


1 


377 


1,050 


500 


.15 


V* 


Vl6 


1 



*For mixed, bottled or other slow burning gases, calculate consumption from 
natural gas capacity above. Where desired, we can also supply a sleeve to fit 
over the tip which will double the gas consumption. 
fNot illustrated. Flame characteristics same as— 64-A. 

MACHLET TIPS (especially designed for use with air at 
1 lb. per sq. in. and gas at line pressure) find numerous 
applications where temperatures below 1000°F. are required and 
where intensity and localization of the heat are undesirable. 

They are especially suitable for heating oil tempering pots, 
cleaning tanks, sand baths, tempering plates, Bakelite platens, 
rotary drums, and ovens of all kinds. Complete burners can 
be supplied with manifolds and Venturi Mixers or burner tips 
only can be furnished, in which case our Venturi Mixers per 
pages 156 and 157 should also be ordered if best results are to 
be obtained. 

Double row Machlet tip burners with two rows of tips on a 
single manifold (included angle 60 to 120 deg.) for more heat 
in a limited space without overheating. 



PAGE 131 




UJ E 

Z (0 

oc . 

qq >• 

DC CO 




Round Blast Tips 




THR.EM) 
Style "L" 



THREAP 
. Style "M" 









Dimensions 


Max. Gas Consumption 


Blast 


Style 








B.T.U. 


Per Hr. 


Tip 

No. 










525 B.T.U. 


1050 B.T.U. 




A 


B 


C 


n 


Mfd. Gas 


Nat. Gas 


422ND 


M 


IVie" 


l W 


%" 





23,625 


15,000 


422N 


K 


IVie" 


1V2" 


y*" 


— 


23,625 


15,000 


1542 


L 


7 / 8 " 


1%" 


y 4 " 


13 /ie" 


18,375 


9,000 


1S42A 


L 


w 


7 / 8 " 


%" 


Vie" 


18,375 


8,000 


fl542D 


L 


%" 


7s" 


V4" 




22,000 


14,000 


565N 


M 


13 /ie" 


1V4" 


%" 


— 


7,875 


4,000 


64AN 


K 


13 /le" 


i" 


l / 2 " 


— 


7,875 


4,000 


63DN 


K 


"V 


¥ 


%" 


— 


6,300 


2,500 


63N 


K 


»/}•" 


3 / 8 " 


— 


6,300 


2,500 


63DNA 


K 


'Vie" 


y 2 " 


3 / 8 " 


— 


4,725 


2,500 


552N 


M 


Vie" 


i" 


Vie" -27 


— 


3,675 


1,500 


61N 


K 


17 / 32 " 


%" 


— 


3,675 


1,500 


377N 


L 


,7 / 32 " 


Vie" 


w 


— 


3,675 


1,500 



fBurner has No. 18 drill size center hole. 

T\ OUND Blast Tips are intended and designed for applications 
iX requiring a greater heat intensity than can be obtained 
with Machlet Tips. 

These burners are fabricated of heat-resistant alloy to give long 
life under severe operating conditions. 

Round Blast Tips are recommended for silver soldering, heating 
baths, pots, ovens, etc. ; or for other general heating applications 
requiring an intense, focusless flame. 

A.G.F. Air -Gas Venturi Mixers as described on page 156 should 
be employed to supply the air-gas mixture to the burners. 

Complete burner manifolds equipped with Round Blast Tips 
and Venturi Mixers, as illustrated on the preceding page can be 
supplied for your particular requirements. 



Page 132 




CO * 
CO > 

si 
3* 




' Soft Flame Ribbon Burner in square 
manifold, single end feed. 



Ribbon Burners 



SOFT FLAME 

Characteristics: Soft flame Ribbon Burners produce an intense, 
even, focusless flame from a multitude of small outlets in the 
burner insert which is made from one piece bars and is of special 
construction. 

Application: They are especially adapted for bending glass 
tubing for neon signs, laboratory work, heating wire for swaging 
and drawing in the lamp industry, and preheating lamp bulbs 
for shaping. They can be supplied in practically any length 
and width, however standard width is Vie'- 

SHARP FLAME 

Characteristics: A thin, sharp, uniform, concentrated, knife- 
like flame is produced. 



Application: They are especially adapted for use on 
continuous equipment for the local heating of glass 
rods and tubing and for the local hardening, annealing 
or tempering of small areas on springs, rods, bolts, 
nuts, shafts, etc. They also find special application 
such as for heating the base sheet prior to its impregna- 
tion with grain for making roofing. 

SPECIAL 

These burners are also constructed in special design in lengths up to 12 and 
24 feet for singeing felt materials, etc., and for heating calender rolls in the 
textile industry where the combustion space is extremely limited and high 
combustion capacity is essential. Write for details. 

PAGE 133 






5 

o 




Ribbon Burners 




SHARP FLAME BURNERS 
Cast fishtail manifold type are supplied 
in iy 4 '\ 4", 6", 8" and 12" lengths. Other 
special lengths are also available. They 
are especially adapted for use on continu- 
ous equipment for example, for heating 
the ends of glass rods for forming a ball 
on them and also for the continuous local 
annealing or tempering of small areas 
on springs and similar parts. 



Sharp flame 4" Ribbon 
Burner in cast fishtail 
manifold with Venturi 
mixer, cocks and base. 
Supplied in lengths up 
to 12". Capacity: — 15 
CFH city gas per inch of 
burner. 




No. 636H sharp flame 
Ribbon Burner 2 Vz " 
flame for heating the 
teeth of hacksaw 
blades, etc. 







No. 410B Soft flame Ribbon 
Burner for preheating in 
the lamp industry and for 
making short bends in 
tubing. Flame slot is 1 V2" 
long x Vi" wide. 



SOFT FLAME BURNERS 
These burners in cast fishtail manifolds are available in 4", 6", 
8" and 12" lengths. They give an intense uniform flame from 
end to end which is especially adapted for use in glass labora- 
tories and neon sign plants for making smooth bends in com- 
paratively small diameter tubing. "Stop-Offs" can be provided 
to give different flame lengths. 



Page 134 




en OC 
§ U 

DC 1U 

<n ez 

en > 

si 



Fish Tail Burners 






81A 


81B 


81W 


228 


228F 








Flame 


Characteristics 


Maximum B.T.U. 
Capacity Per Hr. 




*15 


c5"o 












Male 












Threaded 


5 :"5 


« :s 






Width 


Mfd, Gas 


Natural* 


Con- 


"w bJS 
£Z2 


I :3 


Max. 


Focal 


at 


525 


Gas 1050 


nection 


w ffl 

£22 


Lgth. 


Lgth. 


Focus 


B.T.U. 


B.T.U. 




22S 


228-NS 


2" 


14" 


Vz" 


2,285 


1,500 


V 4 "-27 


228-F 


228-FNS 


3" 


s" 


Vie" 


2,285 


1,100 


V 4 "-27 


81-A 


81-ANS 


2V 4 " 


%" 


13 /ie" 


6.820 


3,050 


y 8 " 


81-B 


81-BNS 


4" 


%" 


Vie" 


5,515 


3,050 


y 8 " 


81-W 


81-WNS 


3%" 


i" 


5 /s" 


4,720 


3,625 


y 8 " 


104 


104-NS 


2W' 


1" 


IVie" 


12,600 


5,000 


% 


332 


332 -NS 


2J&" 


Vis" 


1" 


15,750 


4,395 


w* 


420-C 


420-CNS 


2%" 


7 / 8 " 


i ¥f 


12,600 


4,750 


YC 


420-D 


420-DNS 


2V 8 " 


5 / 8 " 


ij!" 


10,370 


5,625 


y 4 " 


§589-A 


§589-ANS 


i ft; 


8" 


2,675 


1,940 


y 4 "-27 


§589-B 


§589-BNS 


1 3 /*" 


IVs" 


v 2 " 


3,915 


2,100 


y 8 " 


t775 




1 %" 


5 /s" 


JJ 


1,830 


955 


y 4 "-27 


f775-F 




v5" 


%" 


1,170 


670 


y 4 "-27 



*For mixed, bottled, or other slow burning gases, calculate consumption 
from natural gas capacity above. Specify type of gas when ordering. 
f775 and 775F (not illustrated) are 5 / 8 " overall height— otherwise respectively 
similar to 228 and 228F. 

§589A and 589B (not illustrated) have flame protected by alloy skirt Vi" high- 
otherwise similar to 228. 

FOR local hardening annealing and tempering, Fish Tail 
Burners are extensively used. 
In their simplest application a number of them are mounted 
in a straight manifold. Work such as screws, bolts, etc., may 
be placed on a suitable support so that heating occurs over the 
desired area only. 

For larger production requirements these burners are used in conjunction 
with a conveyor. If a straight chain conveyor is used the burners are mounted 
in a straight manifold and may fire either from below or above or both. If a 
rotor is used for conveying the burners may be mounted in a curved manifold. 
In Heating Machines of this type (see page 32) work may be fed, that is, pro- 
duction may be started without delay the moment the burners are lighted. 
These burners are supplied for use with manufactured, natural, mixed or 
bottled gases, and air at one to two pounds per square inch pressure. A 
Venturi Mixer is required for premixing the air and gas. 

PAGE 135 



CQ > 



o 





Glass 
Fires 

INDIVIDUAL 
Glass Fires are 
an integral part of 
Cross Fires for ap- 
plication as de- 
scribed on page 137. 
They are also used 
for soldering cans 
in special mach- 
ines, for the heat- 
ing of glass rods 
for the manufac- 
ture of beads, 
Christmas tree 
ornaments, etc. 



3222 



3202 3182 3171 3151 3131 3114 



Burner No. 


3222 


3202 


3182 


§525 


3171 


3151 


3141 


3131 


3114 


Ctr. Hie, Drill Size 


70 


60 


55 


55 


52 


49 


47 


44 


33 


Lgth. of Flame, In. 


2%" 


sr 


5" 


5" 


6%" 


6%" 


5V 4 " 


4i/ 2 " 


5" 


Gas Cons. Nat. 
Gas, B.T.U./Hr. 


1,075 


1,095 


1,280 


630 


1,510 


1,660 


1,710 


1,900 


2,375 


Approx. Max Air 
Req'd. C.F.M. at 
16 oz. Pressure 


.2 


.2 


.25 


.1 


.3 


.3 


.3 


.4 


.45 



All burners have Vg" male pipe thread conn. 

§May also be used with addition of oxygen to air or straight oxygen and gas 

preferably not opposed as in cross-fires. 

Any of these fires can be used with manufactured, mixed, natural, or bottled 
gas, especially when served by our improved Venturi Mixers. Air supply, 
preferably two pounds per square inch. Gas supply, line pressure. Higher 
pressures may be necessary because of small piping. 

Standard lengths are 1", having no suffix letter, 2" and 3^" with suffix letters 
"D" and "J", respectively. 



When burners with bendable copper insert (for lining up) are desired, they 
take a second suffix letter "C.* 1 For example a No. 3181 Burner 3 l / 4 " long 
with copper insert is called No. 3181 -JC. Insert burners are provided with a 
hexagon nut for ease in tightening up. 



PAGE 136 




DC LU 

CO ■ 

CO > 

LU S 

O O 



Gross 
Fires 



Five Way Cross Fire 
complete with Sliding 
Bases, Venturi Mixer and 
Needle Valves. 



Air, Gas Cross Fires 




CROSS Fires are used on lamp and stem machines for making 
flares, shaping, sealing in, preheating, etc. They also find 
application for the heating of glass rods, for the manufacture 
of lenses, etc. Cross Fires are also used on a bench for manu- 
facturing chemical glassware, neon light signs, etc. These 
burners are supplied to use any gas at line pressure with air 
pressure per the preceding page. They may be supplied with 
from 2 to 8 burner tips on each side, using any of the Glass 
Fires shown on the preceding page. 



Oxygen -Gas Cross Fires 

For an extra concentration of heat on lamp 
and stem machines, we supply either oxygen- 
gas or oxygen-air-gas Cross Fire equipment. 
Our special heat-resisting alloy tips, as shown 
on page 141 , are employed and equipped with 
a ball joint for accurate adjustment of the 
direction of each individual flame. When 
using the combination oxygen-air-gas, where- 
in oxygen is approximately 10%, burner tips 
No. 525 as shown on page 136 may be employed. 
A Fire Check prevents burning back into the 
gas supply line in the event of flashback. 

CAUTION: In making up any oxygen-gas 
burner equipment, extreme care should be 
taken that there is no oil or grease inside of 
the fittings. In this way, flashbacks can be 
reduced to a minimum. 




a, > 



5 

O 



PAGE 137 




Hand Torches 

A.G.F. Hand Torches are sturdily constructed of brass tubing 
to permit bending for adjustment of burner spacing and yet 
having sufficient strength to withstand shop usage. 

These opposed flame torches find many applications such as : 

1. Sealing ampules. 

2. Sealing off and welding on tubing for neon signs, labora- 
tory glassware, etc. 

3. Soft soldering and brazing of tubing, round pieces, etc. 

For efficient operation, the use of a Venturi Mixer as described 
on pages 156 and 143 is recommended. Suitable rubber tubing 
can be furnished for connecting the Hand Torch and Venturi 
Mixer. 



*6*O.D. 




The No. 1258-A Hand Torch shown at left is 
normally supplied with a No. 3182 Glass Fire 
Tip as described on page 136. The No. 1258-A 
Hand Torch will accommodate any Vs" male 
threaded Glass Fires and Fishtail Burners as 
described on pages 136 and 135 or Oxygen-Gas 
Burners as described on pages 140 and 141. 
If a burner other than the No. 3182 is desired, 
please specify in the following manner; 
"No" 1258-A Hand Torch Frame complete 
with Burner No " 



The No. 412 -N Hand Torch shown at right is 
normally supplied with two No. 9-F Burners. 
The No. 412 Hand Torch Frame will accom- 
modate any l A"-27 male threaded Glass Fires, 
No. 775 and No. 77S-F Fishtail Burners, etc. or 
Oxygen -Gas Fishtail Burners and Tips as 
described on pages 140 and 141. If burners 
other than No. 9-F are desired, please specify 
in the following manner: "No. 412 Hand Torch 
Frame complete with Burners No " 




JVO.D. 



PAGE 138 




CO cc 

cc in 

CO > 

O O 

O -I 




Hand Torches (Cont'd) 



The No. 659 -N Hand Torch shown at left 
is normally supplied with two No. 
228 -NS Fishtail Burners as described on 
page 135. The No. 659 Hand Torch 
Frame will accommodate any ^"-27 
male threaded Fishtail Burners, Glass 
Fires or Oxygen Gas Burners as described 
on pages 135, 136, 140 and 141. If burners 
other than the No. 228 -NS are desired, 
please specify in the following manner: 
"No. 659 Hand Torch Frame complete 
with Burners No " 



o 



— Hi'O.0. 



The No. 658 -N Hand Torch shown at 
right is normally supplied with two 
No. 81-ANS Fishtail Burners as 
described on page 135. The No. 658 
Hand Torch Frame will accommodate 
any Vs" male threaded Fishtail Burn- 
ers, Glass Fires, or Oxygen Gas 
Burners as described on pages 135, 
136, 140 and 141. If burners other 
than No. 81-ANS are desired, please 
specify in the following manner; 
"No. 658 Hand Torch Frame complete 
with Burners No. ., " 





The No. 1022-N Hand Torch shown 
at left is normally supplied with 
two No. 420 -CNS Fishtail Burners 
as described on page 135. The No. 
1022 Hand Torch will accommodate 
any Vi" male threaded Fishtail 
Burners, Blast Tips, or No. 1081 -A 
Oxygen Gas Fishtail Burners. If 
burners other than the No. 420- 
CNS are desired, please specify in 
the following manner: No. 1022 
Hand Torch Frame complete with 
Burners No " 

PAGE 139 



5 

o 







Oxygen-Gas Burners 

Oxygen Fishtail Burners 

A.G.F. Oxygen-Gas Fishtail Burners are manufactured of 
heat-resistant alloy or brass, chrome plated, to give long life 
under severe operating conditions. For efficient operation, a 
Venturi Mixer as described on page 143 should be employed. 






No. 1012 



No. 15 



No. 1253 



No. 1081-A 





Flame Characteristics 


Piloted 
Type 


Center 


Male 
Thread 
Connec- 
tion 


B.T.U. 

Cap./Hr. 

1050 

B.T.U. 

Nat. Gas 


B 


Max. 
L'gth. 


Focal 
L'gth. 


Width 

at 
Focus 


Shape 


Holes 


No. 


No. 


Drill 
Size 


15 

15-D 
1012 
1012-F 
1081-A 
1253 
1368 
1621 
1633 


5" 

2" 

3y 2 " 

5" 
7" 
5" 
5" 
5" 


'if 

f« 

w 

w 


¥ 

1" 

ik" 

2" 


Parallel 

Parallel 

Divergent 

Parallel 

Divergent 

Parallel 

Parallel 

Parallel 

Parallel 


No 

No 

Yes 

Yes 

Yes 

No 

No 

No 

No 


5 

5 

4 

5 

9 

10 

15 

22 

27 


#71 
#80 
#64 
#71 
#62 
#70 
#71 
#71 
#71 


V 4 "-27 

;/ 4 "-27 

V 4 "-27 
V 4 "-27 

|/ 4 ;;i. P .s. 

Vs'i.p.s. 
Vi"i.p.s. 
^"i.p.s. 
y 4 "i.p.s. 


4,200 

1,155 

6,300 

3,675 

12,780 

5,250 

7,555 

11,000 

13,550 



Nozzle Mixing Burner 

No. 881 -A 



This burner is supplied especially for use 
with oxygen and hydrogen; however, in some 
cases, it is used with oxygen and manu- 
factured or natural gas. 

It produces a long, sharp flame, and the center tube is accurately located to 
give concentricity. 

Connections are %» pipe thread at the back for oxygen and in the side for gas 
Overall length 2%", max. dia. %". A fire check or mixer is not required. 

This is also made in a smaller size known as No. 932A which has compression 
fittings instead of pipe tap. 



Page 140 




£ u 

QC UJ 

O £ 

CO * 

CO > 

si 




Oxygen -Gas Burners (Cont'd) 

YVfHERE the temperature and intensity of heat obtainable with air-gas 
burners is insufficient, oxygen -gas burners are used as, for example, in 
working Pyrex glass, for chemical glassware, radio tubes, etc., also for local 
flame hardening, welding copper wires, brazing metal tubes, etc. They are 
not intended for cutting. 

NOTE:— ALL OXYGEN-GAS BURNER EQUIPMENT OF OUR MANUFAC- 
TURE HAS BEEN APPROVED BY THE NEW YORK CITY BOARD OF 
STANDARDS AND APPEALS, CAL. NO. 391-43-SA. 

Oxygen -Gas Blowpipes 

A.G.F. No. 583 Oxygen-Gas Hand 
Blowpipes are equipped with needle 
— ." 1 1 — Tn rn valves and employ the venturi 
~^r~ [ | u rm principle for proportionate pre- 
mixing of the oxygen and gas 
, "before it reaches the burner head. 
These features permit operation of 
A.G.F. Oxygen -Gas Blowpipes at 
higher velocities than the ordinary nozzle mixing type. Oxygen-Gas Hand 
Blowpipe No. 583, when equipped with a correctly sized adapter can 
be supplied with any of the Oxygen-Gas Tips or Oxygen-Gas Fishtail 
Burners as described on the following pages. These versatile Blowpipes 
can also be operated on air and gas when equipped with proper adapters and 
supplied with No. 0-N, 00-N, 000-N or 1-EN Air-Gas Blowpipe Heads or 
other low capacity Air-Gas Burner Tips as described on the preceding pages. 
When ordering, please specify the burner model number desired in the follow- 
ing manner: "No. 583 Oxygen-Gas Blowpipe Frame equipped with Burner 
No " 

Oxygen -Gas Tips + 

Especially designed to eliminate backfiring and "blow-offs. 1 ' 







Style P 




Styl 


eQ 
















B.T.U./Hr, 




Oxvgen- 
Gas 


Center 




Length 


Thread 




Cap. at 12" w,c. 


Overall 


Hole 


Style 






Mat'l. 


mixture press. 


Flame 


Tip No. 


Drill Size 










(1050B.T.U.) 
(Nat. Gas) 


Length 


8 


70 


P 


W' 


1/4"— 27 


Alloy 


1,050 


2V 2 " 


8A 


70 


o 


w 


W>— 27 


Alloy 


1,050 


3" 


8D 


68 


P 


1 


6-32 Fern. 


Alloy 


1,575 


4" 


8E 


68 


P 


6-32 Fern. 


Alloy 


2,100 


5" 


8G 


68 


P 


w 


6-32 Fern. 


Alloy 


1,890 


5" 


693D 


55 


P 


2" 


Vs" Pipe 


Alloy 


3,675 


6V2" 


814D 


49 


P 


2" 


W Pipe 


Alloy 


6,500 


4V 2 " 


U42A 


58 


o 


1 J4" 


V 8 " Pipe 


Brass 


3,675 


7" 


1300A 


55 


Q 


1V 4 " 


W' Pipe 


Brass 


5,250 


7" 


1301A 


49 


o 


IV4" 


Vs" Pipe 


Brass 


7,875 


4V 2 " 


1301B 


31 





IV4" 


W Pipe 


Brass 


20,050 


4«" 


fl301G 


4-63 





IV4" 


W Pipe 


Brass 


7,875 


5" 


1635D 


30 


p 


2" 


W Pipe 


Alloy 


20,000 


3V 2 " 
4V 2 " 


1636D 


33 


P 


2" 


W Pipe 


Alloy 


16,000 


1637D 


44 


p 


2" 


Vs" Pipe 


Alloy 


9,925 


4" 


1638D 


50 


P 


2" 


Vs" Pipe 


Alloy 


6,300 


5y 2 " 



fFor soldering and brazing applications. 
JSee also No. 525 Burner on page 136. 



o 



(CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) 



PAGE 141 




Oxygen-Gas Burners (Cont'd) 



Special Burner Inserts 




Air-gas or oxygen-gas Burner Inserts are specially 
designed for use in stem and head sealing machines as 
used by electric light bulb and electronic tube manu- 
facturers. These burner inserts are obtainable in various 
styles and dimensions, with various sizes and locations 
of drillings, depending upon the desired application 
for same. 

Burner Inserts are obtainable for use with air-gas, 
oxygen-gas, or combination oxygen-air-gas, in which 
case gas may be either manufactured or natural. 



Fire Checks 




No. 30 -FC Fire Check 

This Fire Check has been designed especially for use with 
individual burners and Hand Torches, etc. to prevent 
burning back into the gas supply line in the event of 
flashback. It is made from 7 / 8 " hex brass, is 2- 5 /is" in 
overall length and has V 8 " or 14" pipe thread connections 
at each end. The rated capacity of this Fire Check 
is 60 cubic feet of oxygen-gas mixture per hour. 



No. 75-FC Fire Check 

This Fire Check has been designed to withstand unusually severe condi- 
tions as would be present when using same with Cross Fires or individual 
burner installations. To withstand the severe op- 
erating conditions, the No. 75-FC Fire Check con- 
tains a special designed heat-resisting alloy center 
core. Overall length of Fire Check is 3 %", diameter 
2", and has either 3 / 8 " or i/ 2 " pipe connections at 
each end. The rated capacity is 150 cubic feet of 
oxygen-gas mixture per hour. 



No. 300-FC Fire Check 

The No. 300-FC is similar in construction to the 
No. 75-FC. Overall length is 5Vi", diameter 2V 2 ", 
and has either %", 1" or iy 4 " pipe connections at 
each end. The rated capacity is 600 cubic feet of 
oxygen-gas mixture per hour. 



PAGE 142 




to OC 

a w 

cc u 

o s 

LU S 

o o 



Oxygen-Gas Venturi 
Mixers 



§ 



A.G.F. Oxygen-Gas Venturi Mixers have the same general 
physical characteristics and dimensions as A.G.F. Air-Gas 
Venturi Mixers described on pages 156 and 157. These mixers 
supply a consistently proportioned mixture of oxygen and gas 
to the burners to permit maximum and efficient operation. 
A.G.F. Oxygen-Gas Venturi Mixers and Oxygen-Gas Burners 
are rated for operation with oxygen'at 5 pounds per square inch 
pressure. Suitable needle valves can be supplied for fine ad- 
justment of oxygen -gas input settings. 

An A.G.F. Fire Check as described on page 142 should be installed 
between the Oxygen-Gas Venturi Mixer and the burners. When 
ordering specify "Oxygen -Gas Venturi Mixer complete with 
Fire Check. " 



Please specify the following information when ordering Oxygen - 
Gas Venturi Mixers : 

(a) The total amount and model number of Oxygen-Gas 
Burners to be supplied by each Venturi Mixer. (If burner 
model number is unknown, specify the amount of burn- 
ers, the amount and drill size of the center holes in each 
burner and whether or not the burners are of the piloted 
type.) 

(b) The type, b.t.u. value and pressure of gas to be used. 

(c) The oxygen pressure that will be available at the mixer. 

Caution 

In making up any oxygen-gas burner equipment, extreme care should be 
taken that there is no oil or grease inside of the fittings. In this way, back 
flashing can be reduced to a minimum. 

PAGE 143 






oc « 






5 

o 




COMBINATION OXYGEN-AIR-GAS 
VENTURI MIXERS 



OXYGEN 




A.G.F, Combination Oxygen-Air-Gas Venturi Mixers are recommended 
for applications : 

(a) Not requiring the extreme heat and intensity of oxygen and gas. 

(b) To provide a lengthened focus of an oxygen-gas flame. 

(c) Where the heat produced by air and gas alone is insufficient. 

(d) To permit operation of air-gas burners at higher mixture pressures than 
are obtainable with air and gas only. 

By employing A.G.F. Combination Venturi Mixers and suitable air-gas 
burners, air and gas can be used for preheating and oxygen can be added for 
the final heating. 

Semi-needle valves are provided for controlling the air and gas. and a needle 
valve is provided for oxygen control. 

An A.G.F. Fire Check as described on page 142 should be installed between the 
Combination Venturi Mixer and the burners. When ordering specify: "Com- 
bination Venturi Mixer Style complete with Fire Check." 

A.G.F. Style OGA Combination Venturi Mixer is for use with piloted type 
oxygen-gas burners such as the Type tv K" Oxygen -Gas Tips and Piloted 
Type Fishtail Burners. 

A.G.F. Style AGO Combination Venturi Mixer is for use with air-gas burner 
equipment and can be supplied to admix oxygen up to approximately 10'; 
of the total mixture capacity of the burners. 

The following information must be specified along with the style that is 
desired when ordering Combination Venturi Mixers : 

(a) The amount and model number of oxygen -gas or air-gas burners to 
be supplied by each Venturi Mixer. If the burner model is unknown, 
specify whether the burner is air-gas or oxygen-gas type and specify 
the amount of burners as well as the amount and drill size of the 
center holes in each burner. 

(b) The type, b.t.u. value and pressure of gas to be used. 

(c) The air pressure that will be available at the mixer. 

(d) The oxygen pressure that is to be used. (Minimum recommended 
pressure is 5 lbs. per square inch.) 



Page 144 




S UJ 

DC LU 

CO > 

o o 



Soft Metal Burners 




No. 34 Soft Metal Burner. 



Our Soft Metal Burners are well suited for use under oil tempering pots, 
varnish kettles, cauldrons, autoclaves, etc., where temperatures of 1000°F. 
or less are required. 

These burners have a wide range of turndown, which permits their operation 
at the maximum gas consumption given in the table below, or at a very much 
lower figure. 

The burner holes are drilled at a tangential angle so that the flame has a 
swirling action, which is a most desirable feature because it increases the 
life of the pot. 

The refractory ring and plug in the center of these burners becomes red hot, 
reflecting this heat upward against the pot and at the same time insuring 
complete combustion of the gas. 

The outer brick ring can be omitted entirely and a metal band substituted 
for it where it is desired to install these burners in a limited space. 



Soft 
Metal 
Burner 

No. 


Dia. 

of 

Flame 

Inches 


Dia. 

of Brick 

Ring 

Inches 


Height 

of 
Burner 
1 nches 


Max. Gas 

Cons. 

B.T.U. 

Per Hr. 
Based on 
1050B.T.U. 
Nat. Gas 


Max. Air 

Cu. Ft./Min. 

at 16 oz. 

Pressure 


Supply 

Connections 

Std. Pipe 

Thread 


Gas 


Air 


34 

34 ES 
34 DES 


7% 
7% 
7% 


11 
11 
11 


11 % 
11% 
11% 


193,750 
262,500 
393,750 


30 

42 
62 


1 
1V4 


1 
1% 

1% 



PAGE 145 



00 > 



5 

o 





Auxiliary Burner Equipment 
Hex Elbows 

Special machine-made hexagon brass elbows are employed for 
accurate adjustment and alignment and for convenience, 
inasmuch as a wrench can be used on them. Connections are 
for V 4 " pipe thread inlet and Vs" pipe thread outlet. 



Manifolds 

Manifolds are designed for maximum efficiency, 
being of cast bronze with a tapered canal to insure 
uniform feeding and the same size of flame and 
concentration of the heat on the focal point from 
each burner. 

Connections on top for hex elbows are Vi" pipe thread 
on 1 Vs" centers. For feeding, %" pipe thread con- 
nections are provided bottom and back, either of 
which may be used and the other plugged. Manifold 
radius — 5 1 Vis"- 

Supplied for 3, 4, 5, 6, or 8 tips. For two way fire, the center connection on 
three way manifold can be plugged. 




Sliding Bases 

Sliding bases as illustrated on our Cross Fires, to permit adjusting them 
vertically and horizontally, are supplied to accommodate a %" vertical pipe 
nipple and with 2 l / 2 " bolt and wing nut for attaching to the table. 



Hose and Hose Connections 

For Cross Fires, rubber hose V 2 " i.d. to fit over %" piping and. hose clamps are 
furnished. 

For Hand Torches, rubber tubing l / 4 " i.d. is supplied. 



Ball Joints 





© 







A No. 500 Ball Joint, Ball Vie" dia. with */ 8 " female thread, a socket with 
Vs" male thread and a lock nut. No. 700 Ball Joint is identical except that 
a screen is provided in the ball. 

B No. 650 Ball. Ball V 2 " dia. with screen and a Vie"— 27 male thread and a 
washer for clamping onto a suitable manifold. The No. 750 Ball is identical 
except that the ball is %" diameter. 

C No. 800 Ball is %" in diameter and has a Vi" female thread. 

D No. 1770A Burner is 1 1 / 8 " overall in length and has a %" diameter ball. 
The flame is equivalent to the No. 3182. 

A No. 800 Ball Joint, ball %" in diameter and has a Vi" female thread 
socket with Vi" male thread. Degree of tilt in any direction, 20 degrees. 



Page 146 




CO > 



TYPICAL BURNER APPLICATIONS 

Fast, efficient operation without the use of scarce and expensive cylinder 
gases. Danger of over -heating is eliminated. 



§ 




Special setups comprising various styles 
of heads all served by one mixer make it 
possible to braze numerous joints simul- 
taneously. 



Fish Tail Burner Heads speed up the job of soldering 
condensers. All joints are uniformly heated at 
one time. 





Small Fish Tail Burners, either mounted in mani- 
folds with a conveyor to carry the work past them, or 
arranged individually in a frame, concentrate the 
heat where it is required for speedy efficient brazing. 



Fish Tail Burners in manifolds are supplied 
for conveyorized brazing or soldering on a 
high production basis. Flame lengths to 
6 ft. can be supplied. 





With Hand Torches using Fish Tail Burners, 
carbide tips can be brazed onto shanks, heat 
first being applied to the shank to preheat it 
thoroughly, surrounding the joint with soft, 
non-oxidizing flames to prevent scaling, 
before the final brazing operation is per- 
formed. 

PAGE 147 






DC 
UJ 

o 




When Compressed Air Only 
is Available 

BLOWPIPES, burners and, in fact, all gas -fired industrial 
heating appliances are designed to use air at one to two 
pounds per square inch pressure with gas at 4" to 6" water 
column (2 to 3 ounces) per square inch pressure. 

If such a supply of low pressure air is not available, devices can 
be furnished to permit the use of compressed air if it is available. 
Of course, better results will be had using air furnished in 
volume at the correct pressure because such air is clean and dry 
and the expense of compressing it is avoided. 

Certain circumstances, however, make the use of compressed air expedient 

and in these cases selection should be made from the devices listed below. 

Where the air consumption is nominal, the 

combination shown in Figure 1 should be 

employed. It consists of an expansion chamber 

with a dead weight relief valve, trap for water 

and oil and drain cock. The needle valve on 

this device is set when the appliance in 

question is operating at maximum capacity 

so that the relief valve is just lifted off its seat. 

The trap is particularly desirable for the oper 

ation of Blowpipes and burners and where 

maximum temperatures are required because 

of the water and oil carried in air. 



T" 



Fig. 1 
Air Pressure Reducer 
Max. Air 25 C. F. M. 



For larger appliances, where the consumption 

of air is greater, a more economical device as 

shown in Figure 2 should be employed which 

entrains approximately 80% atmospheric air, 

using only about 20% of compressed air. It can be connected directly to the 

Venturi Injector on the appliance, regulation being by means of the needle 

valve in the compressed air line. Where pressures in the compressed air line 

vary, a Pressure Regulator should be used to regulate the pressure to a point 

below the lowest fluctuation of the compressor. 




Fig. 2 





Connections 


Capacity Cu. Ft. Per Min. 


H. P. Air 


Size. Inches 


Input 
Compressed Air 
60 Lb./Sq. In. 


Output 
Air at 1 Lb./Sq. In. 


Mixer No. 


Inlet 


Outlet 


HI 
H2 
H3 
H4 
H5 


ft 

% 

Vi 


1 

1V4 

2 


2 
4 
6 
11 

22 


10 
20 
30 
55 
110 



PAGE 148 




Uj UJ 

£E HI 

CO * 

CO > 

UJ > 

o o 



§ 



Furnace Burners 

Burner Tunnels 

Zero Governors 

Venturi Mixers 

Single Valve 
Ratio Sets 

Installation 



DC £ 
UJ HI 



O 



L 

: 

: 
: 

: 
: 
: 

: 
i 
i 

r 
t 




y UJ 
CC Hi 

55 > 

O O 

Sr 1 



Furnace Burners 
and 

Equipment 



*E*OR those who wish to design and build their own furnaces 
we offer burners, burner tunnels and mixing equipment, as 
shown on the following pages. 

This equipment generally corresponds with that which we install 
on furnaces and heating machines manufactured complete by 
us and found to be most satisfactory through our many years 
of experience. 

That experience has taught us that numerous small burners, 
each of limited capacity, give more uniform heating and greater 
uniformity than can be obtained by heating the same furnace 
with a few larger burners. 

The furnace burners are of heat-resisting alloy to give long life 
with freedom from repairs and replacement such as may occur 
where cast iron burners are used because they oxidize and grow 
in service, not only changing input characteristics, but also 
interfering with the proper functioning of the mixing equipment. 

The mixing units, namely, our single valve ratio sets, have been 
carefully designed and manufactured to give one valve regulation 
with a turndown ratio of 6 to 1 without appreciable change in 
the ratio of air to gas, this being an unusually wide operating 
range. 

If burners, burner tunnels, and single valve ratio set or mixers 
are carefully selected and installed, excellent results will be 
obtained. Pages 160 and 161 have been included to assist you 
in making this selection. 



NOTE: When complete sets of furnace burners are selected, capacities chosen 
may fall into two different diameter burners. If specified by customer, 
smaller capacity burners can be supplied in the same physical size (diameter 
and length) as the larger capacity burners, thus standardizing burner tunnel 
sizes, piping, etc. 

PAGE 149 



5 
o 




Furnace Burners 
Type A 



r 



Single Center Hole— No Pilots 



*T*YPE A— Heat Resisting Alloy— For use only in melting 
furnaces and small cylindrical furnaces where the tangential 
firing of one burner tends to keep the next burner ignited, etc., 
etc., Recommended for operation at temperatures of 1350°F. 
or above. 

Type A Furnace Burners can be turned down to approximately 
25% of maximum input without back firing, provided the 
burners are properly installed in combustion tunnels no larger 
in diameter than the outside of the burner and not less than 
3" long. 



J 







Dimensions 




Max. Cap 
B.T.U./Hr. 


Burner 








No. 


Dia. 


Overall 


Male Pipe 
Thread 


8" Manifold 




Length 


Pressure 


A-7-20 


%" 


2" 


w 


25,000 


A-7-22 


%" 


2" 


w 


31,000 


A-7-24 


W 


2" 


w 


36,000 


A-7-26 


V*" 


2" 


w 


43,000 


A-9-28 


iy 8 " 


2" 


w 


50,000 


A-9-30 


iy 8 " 


2" 


w 


57,000 


A-9-32 


mr 


2" 


w 


65,000 


A-9-34 


iy 8 " 


2" 


w 


73,000 


A-9-36 


1H" 


2" 


w 


82,000 


A-9-38 


iy 8 " 


2" 


w 


91,000 


A-ll-40 


i%" 


IW 


1" 


101,000 


A-ll-42 


i%" 


2y 2 " 


1" 


111,000 


A-ll-44 


i%" 


2H" 


1" 


122,000 


A-ll-46 


i%" 


2%" 


1" 


134,000 


A- 11-48 


i%" 


2W 


1" 


145,000 


A- 11 -50 


i%" 


2W 


1" 


157,000 


A-ll-52 


i%" 


%w 




171,000 



: 



PAGE 150 







CO DC 

CC LU 

to * 

CO > 



Furnace Burners 
Type B 



Q ] Single Center Hole— Four Pilots 



T^YPE B — Heat Resisting Alloy —For use with high hydrogen, 
fast burning manufactured gases. Replaced by Type F 
Furnace Burners for slow burning natural gas, reformed natural 
gas, Butane or Propane as well as for better operational char- 
acteristics on manufactured gas. 

Type B Furnace Burners can be turned down to approximately 
20% of their maximum input when burning manufactured gas 
without back firing, provided the burners are properly installed 
in combustion tunnels no larger in diameter than the outside 
of the burner and not less than 3" long. 







Dimensions 




Max. Cap. 
B.T.U./Hr. 


Burner 




Overall 


Male Pipe 


8" Man. 


6" Man. 


No. 


Dia. 


Length 


Thread 


Pressure 


Pressure 


B-7-45 


7 /s" 


2" 


J4" 


9,000 


8,000 


B-7-35 


7 /a" . 


2" 


Jfc 


10,000 


9,000 


B-7-10 


7 /»" 


2" 


v 2 " 


13,000 


11,000 


B-7-12 


7 /s" 


2" 


y 2 " 


16,000 


14,000 


B-7-14 


%" 


2" 


jfc 


19,000 


16,000 


B-7-16 


v% 


2" 


v 2 " 


23,000 


20,000 


B-7-18 


7 / 8 " 


2" 


y 2 // 


27,000 


23,000 


B-7-20 


w 


2" 


w 


32,000 


28,000 


B-7-22 


w 


2" 


y 2 " 


37,000 


32,000 


B-7-24 


7 / 8 " 


2" 


y 2 " 


43,000 


37,000 


B-9-26 


1 Va" 


2" 


jz» 


50,000 


43,000 


B-9-28 


iy 8 " 


2" 


4» 


56,000 


49,000 


B-9-30 


lVs" 


2" 


y*" 


64,000 


55,000 


B-9-32 


l w 


2" 


jr 


72,000 


62,000 


B-9-34 


lVs" 


2" 


3 /4" 


80,000 


69,000 


B-9-36 


1%" 


2" 


%" 


89,000 


77,000 


B- 11-38 


l%" 


2J4" 


1" 


98,000 


85,000 


B- 11-40 


i%" 


2%" 


1" 


108,000 


94,000 


B-ll-42 


1 3 /r" 


2w; 

2W 
2%" 


1" 


118,000 


102,000 


B-ll-44 


1 %" 


1" 


129,000 


112,000 


B- 11-46 


1%" 


1" 


140,000 


121,000 


B-ll-48 


IW 


2V 2 " 
2V 2 " 
2V 2 " 


1" 


152,000 


132,000 


B-ll-50 


l%" 


1" 


165,000 


143,000 


B-ll-52 


i%" 




177,000 


153,000 



PAGE 151 




Furnace Burners 
Type F 



Single Center Hole 

%" diameter size — 8 pilots 

iy 8 " diameter size— 10 pilots 

1%" diameter size— 12 pilots 



T^YPE F — Heat Resisting Alloy— For use with manufactured, 
■■■ reformed natural, natural, Propane or Butane gases. The 
Type F Furnace Burner is the most versatile of A.G.F. Furnace 
Burners. It lights readily and retains the flame without diffi- 
culty burning any type of gas. 

Type F Furnace Burners can be turned down to approximately 
15% of their maximum input when burning natural and bottled 
gases and approximately 20% of maximum input when burning 
manufactured gas without back firing, provided the burners 
are properly installed in combustion tunnels no larger in diam- 
eter than the outside of the burner and not less than 3" long. 



Burner 


Center 
Hole 


Dimensions 


Max. Cap. 
B.T.U./hr. 












No. 


Drill 
Size 




Overal 1 


Male Pipe 


8" Man. 


6" Man 




Dia. 


Length 


Thread 


Pressure 


Pressure 


F-7-50 


50 


7 /s" 


<*V' 


w 


10,800 


9,400 


F-7-45 


45 


7 / 8 " 


2" 


Vz" 


11,300 


9,800 


F-7-35 


35 


7 / 8 " 


2" 


y 2 " 


12,600 


10,900 


F-7-10 


V 32 " 

Vie" 


7 / 8 " 


2" 


W' 


16,000 


14,000 


F-7-12 


7 / 8 " 


2" 


Vz" 


18,900 - 


16,500 


F-7-14 


7 / 32 " 


w 


2" 


Vz" 


22,500 


19,600 


F-7-16 


l A" 


Vs" 


2" 


Vz" 


26,200 


22,800 


F-7-18 


V 32 " 


V%" 


2" 


Vz" 


30,700 


26,800 


F-7-20 


Vie" 


7 / 8 " 


2" 


Vz" 


35,900 


31,200 


F-7-22 


%" 


7 / 8 " 


2" 


Vz" 


41,500 


36,100 


F-7-24 


7 / 8 " 


2" 


Vz" 


47,800 


41,500 


F-9-26 


13 / 32 " 


IVs" 


2" 


w 


57,200 


49,700 


F-9-28 


Vie" 


lVs" 


2" 


3 A" 


64,400 


56,000 


F-9-30 


15 / 32 " 

w 


lVs" 


2" 


W 


71,900 


62,500 


F-9-32 


i y 8 " 


2" 


%" 


81,200 


70,600 


F-9-34 


17 / 32 " 


i y 8 " 


2" 


w 


90,000 


78,200 


F-9-36 


Vie" 


iy 8 " 


2" 


w 


99,300 


86,300 


F- 11-38 


19 / 32 " 


l 3 /s" 


2%" 


1" 


111,600 


97,100 


F- 11-40 


%" 


l 3 / 8 " 


2V 2 " 


1" 


122,100 


106,100 


F- 11-42 


21 / 32 " 


1%" 


2V 2 " 


1" 


134,300 


116,800 


F- 11-44 


u 4f" 


l 3 /g" 


2V 2 " 


1" 


146,900 


127,700 


F-ll-46 


2 V 32 " 

w 


l 3 / 8 " 


2V 2 " 


1" 


160,900 


139,900 


F-ll-48 


1%" 


til" 


1" 


174,900 


152,100 


F-ll-50 


2 V 32 " 


1%" 


tW' 


1" 


188,500 


163,900 


F-ll-52 


13 /ie" 


1%" 


IW 




202,900 


176,100 



PAGE 152 




I s 

cc hi 

id S 
o r 



Furnace Burners 
Type G 



Four Center Holes 



iy 8 " diameter size 
1%" diameter size 



-10 pilots 
-12 pilots 



TYPE O— Heat Resisting Alloy — For use with manufactured, 
reformed natural, natural, Propane or Butane gases. The 
Type G Furnace Burner replaces the five center hole Type C 
Furnace Burner previously supplied 1 . The Type G Furnace 
Burner has a shorter and bushier flame than the single center 
hole Type F Furnace Burner and is recommended for use where 
combustion space is limited. 

Type G Furnace Burners can be turned down to approximately 
15% of their maximum input when burning the natural and 
bottled gases and approximately 18% of maximum input when 
burning manufactured gas without back firing, provided the 
burners are properly installed in combustion tunnels no larger 
in diameter than the outside of the burner and not less than 
3" long. 





Center 
Hole 
Drill 
Size 


Dimensions 


Max. Cap. 
BT.U./hr. 


Burner 
No. 




Overall 


Male Pipe 


8" Man. 


6" Man. 




Dia. 


Length 


Thread 


Pressure 


Pressure 


G-7-50 


50 


f 


2" 


V2" 


14,400 


12,500 


G-7-45 


45 


2" 


V2" 


16,200 


14,100 


G-7-43 


43 


Vs" 


2" 


V2" 


17,400 


15,100 


G-7-41 


41 


7 /s" 


2" 


J?" 


18,700 


16,300 


G-7-39 


39 


W' 


2" 


%" 


19,400 


16,800 


G-7-37 


37 


7 / 8 " 


2" 


%" 


20,200 


17,600 


G-7-35 


35 


7 /a 


2" 


Vi" 


21,500 


18,700 


G-7-33 


33 


2" 


y 2 " 


22,200 


19,300 


G-7-31 


31 


W 


2" 


y 2 " 


23,700 


20,600 


G-7-30 


30 


7 /s" 


2" 


v 2 " 


25,900 


22,500 


G-7-9 


W 


V*" 


2" 


%" 


29,000 


25,200 


G-9-10 


5 /3z" 


1 Vs" 


2" 


3 4" 


37,100 


32,300 


G-9-11 


1 V64" 


1%" 


2" 


3 / 4 " 


42,400 


36,800 


G-9-12 


Vie" 


l%" 


v 


3 /4" 


48,000 


41,700 


G-9-13 


13 /64" 


l%" 


2" 


3/ 4 " 


54,200 


47,200 


G-ll-14 


V32" 
1 W 


l%" 


2J4" 
2V 2 " 


i" 


65,600 


57,100 


G-ll-15 


1%" 


1" 


73,000 


63,500 


G-ll-16 


w 


i 3 /s" 


2jJ" 


1" 


80,900 


70,400 


G-ll-17 


l7 /64" 


1%" 
1%" 


2V 2 " 


1" 


89,400 


77,700 


G-ll-18 


9 / 32 " 


2V 2 " 




99,200 


86,200 



PAGE 153 




Burner Tunnels 

FOR use with our furnace burners, super refractory burner 
tunnels are especially recommended as this material will 
withstand temperatures in excess of 3100°F. and consequently 
there is no difficulty with it softening up and thus partially 
closing the burner tunnel. Their life is extremely long. 

These tunnels can be installed simply and easily from outside 
of the furnace at nominal expense and they can also be replaced 
readily when and if this is necessary. The price is low and con- 
sequently it is more economical to use them than to ram up 
burner tunnels from a refractory material except where the 
burners are quite large in size. See page 160 for illustration 
of installation. 




No. 2281 Tunnel. Supplied only for use in 
small furnaces with thin walls. The inner 
end of the tunnel should be approximately 
flush with the inside of the furnace wall. 



No. 2288 Tunnel. For use with y 8 " 
O. D. burners. Most extensively used. 
The required size of hole can be 
reamed into the brick and the burner 
tunnel is then cemented in place with 
its inner end approximately flush 
with the inside of the furnace wall. 
For additional details on installation, 
see page 160. No. 2288A Tunnel. For 
use with 1 Va" O.D. burners. (See 
2288 above) 




No. 

2321 Tunnel 



wm^\ 



V///////////A 



\ 



m 



No. 2321 Tunnel. For use with %" O.D. burners. This burner tunnel is 
especially convenient where tunnels can be installed while bricking is in 
progress. 

No. 2321A. For use with 1 V 8 " O.D. burners (See 2321 above) 

No. 2431 — For %" O. D. burners. Similar to No. 2288, above, but 6" long and 
tapering from 3" to 2*4" O.D. 

No. 2431 A— For 1 Vs" O.D. burners. Other dimensions same as No. 2431. 

No. 2508 Tunnel. For use with 1 Vs" O.D. burners, 4^" sq. x 7" long. (Not 
illustrated) 

No. 2508A Tunnel. For use with l 3 /g" O.D. burners. Other dimensions same 
as No. 2508. 

An assembly comprising hard burned super refractory burner tunnel with 
sheet metal casing, outer cast iron housing for attaching to the furnace wall, 
and burner tip can also be supplied. Details upon request. 



PAGE 154 




cc u 

CO > 

LU S 

u o 




Zero Governors 

T^HIS zero pressure valve cancels variations in the gas line 
pressure and reduces it to atmospheric, thus allowing the 
Venturi Mixer to entrain gas in constant ratio to the amount 
of air passing through. 

Our wide experience in the use and manu- 
facture of burner equipment has resulted 
in this sensitive but rugged governor, an 
important component of our Single Valve 
Ratio Set, which is described on page" 158. 

The valve is designed to deliver gas at 

atmospheric pressure (plus or minus .1" 

water column pressure) to the mixer and 

yet have a minimum leakage. (All governors of the "zero 11 type 

have a slight leakage and are not intended for use as shut -off 

valves). 

One zero governor may be used with two, three or even more 
Venturi Mixers, provided only that the distance between the 
zero governor and the mixers is kept to a minimum and does not 
exceed about 5' and that the line between them is of adequate 
size with a minimum number of bends. See page 161. 

They are designed to operate satisfactorily with the gas supply 
at a pressure of 2" to 8" water column pressure. If the pressure 
is too high, the valve will tend to close, and the venturi mixer 
will be unable to entrain enough gas. 



a 







Capacity 


Dimension 


No. 


Pipe Size 


Cu. Ft. Gas/Hr. 


A B 


ZG1 


3 /«" 


125 


934" 51/4" 


ZG2 


3 4" 


175 


93/ 4 " 51/4" 


ZG3 


3 /4" 


300 


9 3/ 4 " 51/4" 


ZG4 


3 4" 


400 


934" 5V 4 " 


ZG5 


l" 


900 


11 3/ 4 " 7" 


ZG6 


l%" 


1300 


1134" 7" 


ZG7 


iy 2 " 


1800 


ll3/ 4 " 7" 



NOTE : It is absolutely necessary to specify the kind of gas when ordering. 



Page 155 




Venluri Mixers 

T^HESE Venturi Mixers are supplied to use air at from 12 ounces 
to 24 ounces per square inch pressure at the mixer with gas 
at 2" to 8" water column pressure, the air entraining the gas as 
it passes through the Venturi throat of the mixer. A gas booster 
is unnecessary unless pipe lines are undersize. 

Careful design and manufacture insures maximum operating 
efficiency, that is, maximum suction oh the gas, thorough 
mixing of the air and gas, and proportioning of the air and gas 
within limits. If, however, there is considerable variation in 
the gas line pressure, it will be reflected in the proportions of 
air and gas in the mixture going to the burners. 

These Venturi Mixers form an important part of our Single Valve 
Ratio Sets where the gas pressure is reduced to atmospheric by 
means of the Zero Governor, per the preceding page, thus giving 
with them the maximum operating range with one valve control. 




Style Y 





DIMENSIONS 


PIPE SIZE 




Venturi 














Mixer 














Style 


No. 


A 


B 


C 


Air 


Gas 


Outlet 




* 








D 


E 


F 




11 


2%" 


I 1 Vie" 


l Vie" 


Vs" 


Vs" 


W!, 


Y 


12 


3Vl6" 


2H/32" 


IV32" 


i/ 4 " 


W 


%" 


Y 


13 


5V, fi " 


3» s /ie" 


iy 8 " 


%" 


%" 




Z 


14 


Wf 


5" 


l 1 Vie" 


Vz" 


Vz" 


Z 


15 


7%" 


2V4" 


fl" 


3/ 4 " 


1V4" 


z 


16 


12V 4 " 


9i W 


2Vie" 


1" 


1" 


1 w 


z 


17 


15Vie" 


12Vi 6 " 


3" 


11/4" 


IV4" 


2" 


z 


18 


18" 


141 Vie" 


3V 16 " 


iVi" 


w 


2V2" 


z 



*This No. indicates the body size only. When ordering, select according to 
capacity from table on next page. 



PAGE 156 




ug 

OC Ul 

CO * 
CO > 

si 
§2 



Venturi Mixers Cont'd. 

On equipment where Single Valve Ratio Set is desired (see 
pages 158 and 159) and the burners are subdivided into two or 
more sections, one Venturi Mixer may be used on each section 
of burners with only one zero governor in the main gas line. 

The capacity figures are based on one cubic foot of air per 130 
B.T.U.'s, which is slightly on the reducing side and are based on 
using air at the pressures indicated to deliver an air-gas mixture 
at a manifold pressure of 8" water column. 

Note: To find air capacity in cu. ft. per min., divide number 
below by 7800. 



Q 



Mixer 

No. 




GAS CAPACITY IN B.T.U. PER HR. 
at Various Air Pressures at Mixer 




Body 
No. 


Injec- 
tor No 


12 oz. 


16 oz. 

/ Eauiv. \ 

B.T.U. 1 C.F.H. 1 

\Nat. Gas / 


20 oz. 


24 oz. 


11—69 
11—63 
11—55 
11—51 
11—45 




700 
1,050 
2,200 
3,700 
5,300 


.7 
1 

2 

3.5 
5 


800 
1,260 
2,460 
4,100 
5,930 






900 




1,580 




2,680 




4,500 




6,470 


*12— 42 

*12— 37 

12—33 

12—31 




6,800 
9,000 
10,600 
12,000 


6.5 

9 
10 
11.5 


7,600 
10,000 
11,900 
13,440 


8,300 
11,000 
13,000 










14,650 


13— 8 
13—10 

13—12 


11,200 
17,700 
25,500 


13,000 
20,500 

29,500 


12 
20 

28 


14,500 
23,000 
32,800 


15,900 
24,900 
36,000 


*14— 14 
*14— 16 

*14— 18 
14—20 


34,700 
45,200 
57,300 
70,600 


40,000 

52,200 

" 66,000 

81,500 


38 
51 
63 

77 


44,700 
58,300 
73,800 
91,100 


48,900 
63,900 
80,900 
99,800 


*15— 22 

*15— 24 

15—26 

15—28 


85,400 
102,000 
119,200 
138,600 


98,500 
117,500 
137,600 
160,000 


94 
112 
130 
152 


110,100 
131,200 
153,800 
178,800 


120,600 
143,700 
168,500 
195,900 


*16— 30 
16—32 
16—34 
16—36 


159,100 

180,800 
204,100 
229,100 


183,600 

208,700 
235,600 
264,400 


175 
198 

224 
251 


205,200 
233,300 

263,400 
295,500 


224,800 
255,600 
288,500 
323,800 


*17— 38 

*17— 40 

17—42 

17—44 

17—46 


255,300 
282,800 
311,900 
342,100 
373,400 


294,600 
326,400 
360,000 
394,800 
430,900 


280 
310 
342 
375 
409 


329,300 
364,900 

402,400 
441,300 
481,700 


360,800 
399,700 

440,900 
483,500 
527,700 


•18 48 
*18— 52 
1 —56 
18—60 
18—64 


406,600 
477,800 
554,600 
635,700 
723,500 


469,200 
551,400 
640,000 
733,600 
834,900 


446 
524 

608 
697 
793 


524,500 
616,400 
715,500 
820,100 
933,400 


574,600 
675,300 
783,800 
898,500 
1,022,500 


*Same injecto 


r capacity als 


o supplied with next sma 


ller number 


body. 














PAGE 157 



r 




Single Valve 
Ratio Sets 



>. 



T^HESE sets comprise a Venturi Mixer as described on pages 
156 & 157, a zero governor as described on page 155, with the 
necessary fittings and cocks, all sized according to the number 
and size of burners on the appliance where it is to be used. 

They give one valve adjustment of the gas and air input over an 
unusually wide operating range with advantages as follows : 

1. Assurance of the same furnace atmosphere at all times. 

2. Higher efficiency. 

3. Greater ease in hand regulation of the temperature. 

4. Ease of adjustment to meet various furnace atmosphere 
requirements and maintenance of such atmosphere over 
the operating range. 

5. Readily installed either on new or existing equipment and 
inexpensive to maintain. 

Adjustment of the air to gas ratio is by means of the ratio cock 
(or valve when used with bottled gas) when equipment is first 
placed in operation. Unless the ratio of air to gas is to be altered 
frequently, we recommend removal of the handle of this 
cock after adjustment has 



been made. 

Where automatic temper- 
ature control is employed, 
a control valve in the air 
line only is required, thus 
simplifying this feature. 
Any possibility of incor- 
rectly opening or closing 
the air or gas ports (both 
necessary with two valve 
control) relative to each 
other is avoided. Air and 
Gas Mixture from Venturi 
is piped to burners. 



AIR-GAS MIXTURE TO BURNERS 
VENTURI MIXER 



£ 



LIMITING ORIFICE 
GAS VALVE L 



ZERO GAS GOVERNOR 



VENT IN PLUG 
MUST BE LEFT OPEN 
TO THE ATMOSPHERE 




GAS CONNECTION -J 



Page 158 







Single Valve Ratio Sets 



u C 

"3 C 

OU 



I. 



. CO 

HE 

'7 ° 

-£ 

D 3 

< 2 
- = 

< 



<1 

-JLJ 

< 

21 



to 



4) C3 efl 

2^ U 



GO 



. C 

5S 






c ■ 



..-OS 












#;£;£ ;&£&£ ^^ S^ i i ; ; i ; ; ^^ 



^^^ 



! ^^ • 



*<S NNNND 



ooo oooo oooo oooo ooooo ooooo 

©oo oooo oooo oooo ooooo ooooo 

99 ctctctoo ^Miiff« oc**Difioo oorNCT^tN *rtoovn«) 

*n*f\D »(5©gT o^f>aoM> <#Mfeo w o"o o'ro rC ^fio t4me* 

— ir>»« ■n^ceo-* r-»rr>£>o> r^uioor* ^oo^^oor* tvrN,oo<x«N 

^h^i^,^ r*<s»r-»rO rrsMTT^io w^tNOOO 



ooo oooo oooo oooo ooooo ooooo 

ooo oooo oooo oooo ooooo ooooo 

iqoqo nmooph '-^r-j.oo » m w#8» r<i^# WK in #01 ih ^r 

^r*fO TfmrNt^ H«wK Orox><y> rs^o^foo r*-H-*fSro 

— — — i — r^i r~i r^ fN rom^r^Tf m»X)tsooa> 



*^*oce oo^-r^tN ^non i/soo^r-* oonwct ^^r oorNf) 
mnis r*i w ^ rv o> — ro ifi rNtyr^ifi oo-j^no -<t r* © ey* ct> 



ooo oooo oooo oooo ooooo ooooo 

ooo oooo oooo oooo ooooo ooooo 

OU5-WJ ONOi/5 iftm^O &ts«# v£>TfO00CT> NTtq^cJ 

ffooC o'ri \d~Z ocrCiCo' ffooin ** ^'vooVo o^^ho'm* ■* 



-co 



£0 §00 



■oUnJ 



(srsui tvfSf^^ ^on* i 



IQOf-tiM rooOcX^^ ^C00>X>KU3 



h(S rorfiots OOO- 



N_ ^^(v,^ NNrt^rt TfT*lftv£>tN 



I I I I I 



I I I I I I I I 



WON *tfvO00© NTfyfiQO ONTfJJ COON^* XN^C 

^h^ rt^HN NNfsis rortfir^ rt^rf-^^f TtuiUiM 

III I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I L 

««m ^t"^"^^f iciomio «*^^so rNKN.rN.tN oooooooooo 



^ SPsPSfcS :R&S* SO?. 



iii i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i lit. 

00Or4 'f *00O r4-rfv£>00 OMTT*C XO<Sf* OOC^sOO^t 

^i^h ^^-i^r* r*r>ifsc4 nrorcro rrs ^f tj- *r tT Tfinm^sD 

iii i ii 

f)fO<*> ^"TpTp^f ifiioifiio ^d^d^o^d rNrNrNrvrN oeocoooooo 



>>oH 
■-°'ri 



iii iii 



ii i i i i i ■ ' ■ ■ 



i i i i i i i i i i 



r^«fo ^TTtTfTf \r>mmxr> sd&s£><>d tN.rNrNrN.rN oo»»50» 



C.3 

8.2 

ii 

So 



si 





4> C 

•5 8 

n 
}i 

Ii 

2* 

i! 

•p 

■Sg 

bl 

II 



b8 

as 



K. 

Zoo 

-w _*/+■> 
U*3 O 

« w 5 



: 



§ 



Page 159 



5: 

o 




Burner and S.V.R. Set 
& Installation 



T^HE following should prove helpful in selecting suitable 
-"■ burners, tunnels and Single Valve Ratio Sets; however, it is 
not intended as a treatise on this subject. 

1 . Establish Holding Consumption from chart below : 



Kind of 
Lining 


HOLDING GAS CONSUMPTION IN 

B.T.U./SQ. FT./HR. FOR DIFFERENT 

TYPES OF FURNACE WALLS AT 

VARIOUS TEMP'S. 




1G00°F. 


1500°F, 


1700°F. 


2300°F. 


4V Z " Fire Brick 


1320 


2750 


3550 


8000 


4 W Fire Brick 
2 V 2 " Silocel 


315 


730 


930 


2050 


4V^" Insulating 
Refractory 


330 


790 


1070 


2500 


4V 2 " Ins. Ref. 
2 V2" Block Ins. 


170 


365 


445 


1080 


4V 2 " Ins. Ref. 
41/2" Block Ins. 





250 


310 


720 



Note: The figures in the table above take into consideration the "Available 
Heat' 1 in gas at various temperatures i.e. allowing for the heat loss in the 
flue gases. Factors used were as follows: 70% available at 1000°F., 60', at 
1500°., 56% at 1700°F„ and 42% at 2300°F. 



The outside furnace area in square feet times the above figure corresponding 
closest to your conditions plus an estimated figure for door losses etc., gives 
the holding gas consumption in B.T.U. per hour. 

To select burners and mixing equipment, the maximum is usually fixed at 
three to four times the holding consumption. Using this figure, the number 
and sizes of burners may be determined from the data on pages 150-153. 



Typical illustration of burner setting in furnace 
wall. Machlet furnace cement— see page 174 — 
should be used around the burner at the coupling 
before it is positioned. A sealing sleeve held 
in by the burner coupling is used to hold the 
cement luting in place. Burner well should be 
open and of sufficient diameter for installing the 
burner tunnel. By allowing it to remain open, 
overheating of the burner is prevented. A union 
elbow in back of the burner facilitates installation . 




PAGE 160 




CO oc 

DC Ul 

CO * 

M > 

o o 



Burner and S.V.R. Set 
Selection and Installation 

2. TO ESTABLISH SIZE AND NUMBER OF BURNERS 

Locate burners on 5" to 6" centers on small furnaces up to one foot centers 

on large furnaces firing from both sides of the furnace and staggered, end 

burners to be close to the end walls and stronger to compensate for radiation 

losses. 

Subdivide burners into suitable sections for manifolding and providing 

Single Valve Ratio Sets. 

3. SELECTION OF SINGLE VALVE RATIO SETS 

In selecting S. V. R. Set, use maximum B. T. U. figures for both burners and 
S.V.R. Sets as given in preceding tabulations. If to be arranged as shown in 
the illustration below the Venturi Mixers should be selected according to the 
maximum gas consumption of each section^of burners and the zero governor 
according to the maximum consumption for the entire furnace. 

TUNNELS 

The correct tunnel for the burner selected will be obvious from the data on 
page 154. Under special circumstances, tunnels should be rammed up from a 
suitable refractory using a mandrel of the proper diameter. 

VENTS 

Allow 1 square inch of vent per 30,000 B.T.U.'s maximum input. 

OBSERVATION AND LIGHTING HOLES 

These should be conveniently located to serve their purpose and provided 

with suitable plugs or closures. 



§ 



AIR-GAS MIXTURE TO BURNER MANIFOLDS 

j y j 



ZERO GAS 
GOVERNOR 




Typical piping diagram for furnace with burners in three sections. Two 
valves are provided in the gas line to each mixer, one for establishing the 
air-gas ratio which should be positioned and not changed thereafter. The 
A prime and S prime valves may be used for shutting off their respective burner 
sections if this is desired for any reason. The A prime valves may also be 
used for establishing the input to each section. 

PAGE 161 



o 



L 

: 
: 
: 







cc UJ 

55 > 
o o 



; 



Spencer Turbo-Compressors 
with Direct Drive 



Spencer Turbo -Compressors 
with V-Belt Drive 

Blower with Universal Motor 
for Small Appliances. 

Air Pressure Reducers 



o 






J 




CC UJ 
O O 



Spencer 
Turbo- 
Com- 
pressors 



[TTz 


— N 












/^^ 


^xSv' 




^Wy INT AH 


E END ■ NA 

ft fi 




v\ 


^ 


^ yl 


l 4 N 






^ 


~J^ 


_^v,^r \4 




I 



The No. 2 outlet is regarded as standard for our requirements, however, outlets 
Nos. 1, 3 or 4 can be furnished where desired. Positions apply only when facing 
intake end. 

FOR maximum flexibility, that is, maximum gas input 
range in operating furnaces, the air supply pressure should 
be one pound or more at the furnace. This means that when 
line losses are allowed for, the blower should furnish air at 1% 
pounds per square inch pressure or more. 

The necessary volume must, in any event, be available for the 
furnace or furnaces which the blower is to supply. 

Large numbers of Spencer installations have proven their 
dependability. 

Tabulation below is only a partial listing of available sizes. 

3500 R.P.M. TURBO-COMPRESSORS 





PRESSURE— OZ. PER SQ. IN. 


HP. 


16 


20 


24 


32 




Cat. 

No. 


Vol. 
cfm. 


Cat. 
No. 


Vol. 
cfm. 


Cat. 
No. 


Vol, 
cfm. 


Cat. 

No. 


Vol. 
cfm. 


1 

2 
3 

5 

7V2 


1001 

iooi y 2 

1002 
1 1003 
1 1005 
i 1007-H 


110 
160 
275 
400 
675 
1075 


1201 

1201 y 2 

1202 
1203 
1205 
1207-H 


85 
120 
185 
350 
550 
825 


1501 Vz 

1502 

1503 

1505 

1507-H 


75 
165 
270 
450 
700 


2002 
2003 
2005 
2007-H 


100 
180 
325 
470 



A. C. machines 1 HP and larger are furnished with suitable hand starting 
device. D. C. machines are furnished with hand starting rheostat. A sleeve 
for connecting machine to the supply line and a pair of base pads are furnished 
as standard equipment. 



PAGE 163 




V-Belt Drive Spencer 
Turbo-Compressors 

HPHESE units are recommended for continuous duty inasmuch 
as with the V-belt drive, 3500 r.p.m. motors can be employed 
to drive the turbine at 7000 r.p.m., thus obtaining the high 
peripheral speed necessary to deliver air at pressures up to 40 
ounces and thereby give a wider operating temperature range 
on many furnace jobs. 

The turbines on the small sizes are only 9" in diameter; on the 
larger sizes, 12" in diameter. 



V-BELT DRIVE TURBO-COMPRESSORS 



Unit No. 


HP 


C.F.M. 


Pressure 
Oz./Sq. In. 


Length 
Inches 


Height 
I nches 


Width 
Inches 


B- 50-12 
B- 75-12 
B-100-12 


i 


50 

75 

100 


12 
12 
12 


19 y 8 

23 1/4 
227/ 8 


12 

15 7/ g 

15% 


93/4 
13 
13 


B- 50-16 
B-100-16 
B- 80-20 


i 3/ < 

1 


50 
100 
80 


16 
16 

20 


22* 
241/4 


15% 
15 J{ 

15T/J 


13 
13 
13 


B- 70-24 
B- 50-32 
B- 25-40 


1 
1% 

2 


70 
50 
25 


24 
32 

40 


32 3/ 4 

32 

31 


19 
19 
19 


16 Vt 
16$ 
171/4 



Spencer B-80-20 Turbo Compressor 




PAGE 164 




O s 



Spencer 

Turbo-Compressors 




OPENCER Midget Compressors are supplied with a universal 
^ motor for 110 volt a.c. or d.c. current only. These compres- 
sors are not suitable for continuous duty; however, are entirely 
satisfactory for applications such as occasional operation of 
laboratory burners, melters, etc. 

Spencer-Midget Compressors are built on the same principle 
as the larger Spencer Turbo Compressors of the direct con- 
nected type; however, the high speed universal motors require 
frequent inspection and brush replacement for satisfactory 
performance. 



SPENCER MIDGET TURBO-COMPRESSORS 





PRESSURE— OZ. PER SQ. IN. 


CL 


12 


16 


20 


24 


32 


I 


Cat. 
No. 


Vol. 
cfm. 


Cat. 
No. 


Vol. 
cfm. 


Cat. 

No, 


Vol. 
cfm. 


Cat. 

No. 


Vol. 
cfm. 


Cat. 

No. 


Vol. 
cfm. 


1 

1*2 


075 VfeU 


65 


100V 2 U 
1003/ 4 U 
lOOlU 


40 
55 
75 


i2oy 2 u 
1203/4U 

noiu 


35 
45 
65 


150V 2 U 
1503/ 4 U 
1501U 


25 
35 
50 


2001 U 

2001 y 2 u 


35 
50 



Spencer Gas Boosters 

are available in various capacities. Write for Bulletin 903. 



PAGE 165 




When Compressed Air Only 

is Available 



T3LOWPIPES, burners and, in fact, all gas-fired industrial 
*-* heating appliances are designed to use air at one to two 
pounds per square inch pressure with gas at 4" to 6" water 
column (2 to 3 ounces) per square inch pressure. 

If such a supply of low pressure air is not available, devices can 
be furnished to permit the use of compressed air if it is available. 
Of course, better results will be had using air furnished in 
volume at the correct pressure because such air is clean and dry 
and the expense of compressing it is avoided. 

Certain circumstances, however, make the use of compressed air expedient 
and in these cases selection should be made from the devices listed below. 

Where the air consumption is nominal, the 
combination shown in Figure 1 should be 
employed. It consists of an expansion cham- 
ber with a dead weight relief valve, trap for 
water and oil and drain cock. The needle 
valve on this device is set when the appliance 
in question is operating at maximum capacity 
so that the relief valve is just lifted off its seat. 
The trap is particularly desirable for the 
operation of Blowpipes and burners and where 
maximum temperatures are required because 
of the water and oil carried in air. 

For larger appliances, where the consumption 
of air is greater, a more economical device as 
shown in Figure 2 should be employed which 
entrains approximately 80% atmospheric air, 
using only about 20% of compressed air. It 
can be connected directly to the Venturi 
Injector on the appliance, regulation being 
by means of the needle valve in the com- 
pressed air line. Where pressures in the 
compressed air line vary, a Pressure Regulator 
should be used to regulate the pressure to a 
point below the lowest fluctuation of the 
compressor. 




Fig. 1 
Air Pressure Reducer 
Max. Air 25 C. F. M. 



~u h : 



■fcu«NE*£S 



11 



Fig. 2 





Connections 


Capacity Cu. Ft. Per Min. 


H. P. Air 
Mixer No. 


Size, Inches 


Input 
Compressed Air 
60 Lb./Sq. In. 






Inlet 


Outlet 


Output 
Air at 1 Lb./Sq. In. 


HI 

H2 
H3 
H4 
H5 


Vs 
% 

y 2 


3 A 
l 

2 


2 

4 

6 

11 

22 


10 
20 
M) 
55 
110 



PAGE 166 




Uj UJ 

CC hi 

CO > 

UJ > 



Atmosphere Gas Mixing 
Cabinet 



Q 



Flow Meters 

Small Pyrometers 

Automatic 
Temperature Controls 

Regulating Valves 

Machlet Furnace Cement 

Pressure Gauges 

Lighting Torches 



Cocks & Valves 



fc> 




Furnace Atmosphere 
Gas Mixer 



s 



r 1 ^HIS unit achieves one pur- 
pose only, namely the pre- 
mixing of gases in definite vol- 
ume and proportion for use as a 
retort or muffle atmosphere for 
a specific heat treatment. 

Both gases should be at low 
pressures, namely, not exceed- 
ing one pound per square inch. 

It is used especially for pre- 
mixing air and propane or man- 
ufactured gas and propane for 
carburizing, or for premixing 
ammonia and propane for "Ni- 
Carbing." 




The unit comprises two or three Flow Meters with 
check valves and a Venturi Mixer in a cabinet with 
glass panel, also control valves, and is mounted on a 
stand at a convenient height for easy reading. 

These units are usually made up to suit particular 
applications. However, in general, it may be said that 
they have capacities up to 600 cubic feet per hour of 
mixed gases. 



PAGE 167 







Flow Meters 

Pat. 1,899,764 and 2,311,375 

'T'HESE Flow Meters are especially intended for 
measuring the flow of air and gases of all kinds 
to obtain control of heat-treating operations and 
other industrial processes not heretofore possible. 
Among the many applications are the measurement 
of the flow of atmosphere gases of all kinds, in- 
cluding carburizing gases, ammonia flow in nitriding, 
hydrogen flow, and measurement of the flow of fuel 
gases, including city gas, natural gases, bottled gases 
such as butane and propane, and mixtures of gas 
and air. 

A float rises or falls in a Pyrex glass, calibrated, 
tapered tube, depending upon the flow of gas. The 
scale is direct reading in cubic feet per hour. 

Flow Meters permit duplication of settings at any 
time with uniformity of results and a saving in gas. 

Two or more are frequently used for proportioning 
the flow of different gases. 

These Flow Meters must be mounted vertically; 
however, the unique design of the frame permits 
exceedingly flexible piping arrangements. As regu- 
larly supplied, the inlet connection is at the bottom 
of the flow meter. The outlet may be either at the 
top or the bottom, and supply or take-off lines may 
be run vertically or horizontally. A'special type with 
the frame inverted may also be supplied, in which case the inlet is at the 
top of the Flow meter, and the outlet at either the top or bottom. 

With the exception of the 30X series, Flow Meters are calibrated for a pressure 
of 4" to 6" water column. The pressure drop in all A.G.F. Flow Meters with 
the exception of the 30X series varies from below 2" to 4" water column at full 
capacity. In the 30X series the pressure drop is 19" to 20" water column. 
Correction charts for other pressures are furnished, or, if 
desired, flow meters can be calibrated directly for other A. 

pressures at a small additional charge. 1 J ibx. 

In addition to the units listed on the following page, special 
Flow Meters can also be supplied for practically all other 
industrial gases. 




, 



DIMENSIONS OF FLOW METERS 


Body Size 

< Pi P e .. 
Connection "A") 


B 


c 


3 / 8 " 


23/4" 


ny 2 " 

14Vis" 

l7 ,( 



C r 



a^ub-Ta 



ii|| 



Page 168 



ta 

2 

s 

e 





Body 
Size 
(Pipe 
Con- 
nec- 
tion) 






^C^M^(^ 








H W Z 








^H 






CM 


rsro !rt 






! x 






:x : 


© ; 










OO ,0 






: « 






;x ; 


X . 










aj . 






c 






.© . 


© . 










30 

CQ ■ 


p*r-t .<*» 






N 






.r** . 


(S . 










usus :© 






us 






!u> ; 


© ; 










a 


© H , fO 

XX ;X 






;X 






•X ■ 


X • 








«PO Irs 






x 






:x : 


© : 










c_ 


usus !us 






us 






.us : 


us 1 












USUS .us 






U) 






US . 


us , 










fa 
ad 


"T *T 'T 






<H 


















usus !© 






US 






us ; 


© : 










©h .ro 
XX ;X 






X 






X ■ 

•fs ; 


X ■ 

x ; 






g X 


r^r^ 'm 






vfi 






x : 


© : 










a ■"-»'"■: 


I 1 ' 1 












1 












a— — 


0000 .00 






X 






00 . 


00 '. 










■ 


























a^o 


TT T 1 






H 






^h 


T* '. 










usui :o 






us 






us : 


© ! 










.h w a 
< w 


©h , fs 
XX ;X 






X 






x ■ 


X ■ 

x ■ 







c™ 


«n in 


;<^ 


X 






x ; 


© ;©© 






00 :© 


:o 









: 


© 'o© 






M) . 




















SO 


1 T ; 1 


! 1 


1 






1 


i.'ii 




3 




us us .0 

©h ,r*S 
XX ;X 


;X 


us 

x. 






US . 

X • 


S -xx 

X (S© 

X [HfO 



q 














© :©© 




« 


«« , fO 


ics 


X 






x : 




g 


X 




22 : ° 


is 









© ; 


© ;©© 


2: 






00 .0 









© . 


© .©© 





<b 


11 I 1 


: 1 


1 






1 ; 


1 ; i 1 


2 

5 


d 


USUS .0 

Oh .CS 

XX ;X 


.us 


us 

X 






us . 

X • 


X <s© 

x ; h <*s 


2 


tu 


































ed 


1 




77 7 


;« 


sC 






x : 


© ;©© 


u 




E 

X 


M ■ 

■^ d 


ts. n, : ts 


.K 


(N. 






K 1 


tN ' tvlN. 


h 
2 


111! 

usus .0 

©h .ro 

XX : X 


.0** 
. 1 


0^ 
1 

u; 

X 






1 

us . 

X ■ 
m ; 


6X0-9 

12X-9 
30X-9 





u 


















X 
















~ ~ 


£ 


CCjX 


77 "7 


.« 


■sD 






x ; 




E 


<£ 


a : 


rsr* its 


1(S 


r-i 






r* ; 


r>» !<SfS 




>>a 


X X £ 


. £ 


X 






X . 


X .XX 




(0 

03 




n 0. 


US US .*© 

Oh .<*) 

XX ;X 


!us 

:X 


US 

X 






us ; 

X ■ 

1*3 ; 


X M© 

x ;hm 


Tf 














;©© 






1 ox 

op : 

13 En 


77 7 


'.<*> 


X 






x : 








-* Tt ;*t 


:«* 


1- 






** : 


■* :-*^ 






00 .0 


.0 


c 






© . 


© .©© 






^CX . X 


. * 


X 






x . 


X .XX 






CO 


usus :© 

Oh .m 

XX ;X 


:us 

;X : 


u; 

X 






us : 

X ■ 


x ;h« 


• 


foro :v> 


;rs ; 


X 






x : 


© :©© 






o^o^ .0*1 


:o> : 


3* 






cr- ; 


j- <j"C- 






SO 


usus .us 


.us . 


US 






us . 


us .'usus 






<c/> 


usus :© 

Oh . ro 

XX ;X 


;us : 

;X : 


US 

X 






us : 

X • 


?S T4© 

X "HfO 


cao^ 




".« 


'.n '. 


X 






x ; 


© : 










"st 




1 . 1 

o> . a» 


. 1 
.a* , 


1 






1 


i ! 














fS .(S 


,rM . 


r^ 






r* . 


m . . 












us :© 


!us ; 


u; 






us \ 


© ; 












h . <*) 

X ;X 


.In. . 

;X ; 


X 






x ■ 

rs ; 


X • ■ 

x ; 










;«fo 


n !rt ! 


rtro ix 


:x : 










it 

h 




:tsK 


k :k : 


hshs :rs 


:ts : 












!us© 


"0 ; 


uso !us 


:© : 












.Hr*s 
XX 


us .y . 

X : H ; 


XX -X 


■X ■ 

;x ; 
















0© 










00 


OOOO 


OOOO 




?- 


3 w 


usus© 


OUSOUS 


us ©us us 


©©(S© 




a 


USHHf*} 

1 1 1 1 


IfiNHH 

1 1 1 1 


H(SW«f 

1 1 1 1 


XXHfO 




c6 




HHUSUS 


OOOUS 


©uso© 




^ 








rMr^US© 
























^^ 


US 





< 

Q 



: 


X 







~ 





C 

8 


us 




u 




CO 




u; 


u 


fc 


: 


' 




u 


T) 


<*- 






1 


u 




hC 



< c< 



page 169 




Pyrometers 




No. 269-R 

Scale range— to 2000°F. 
Instrument — black enam- 
el finish, 7y 8 " by 6 I / 4 "- 
Scale length — 4". 
Scale divisions — 50°. 
Effective length of couple 
—1 ft. 

Thermocouple— Chromel- 
Alumel, 5' long. 1' of 
which is beaded and fitted 
with a heat-resisting 
alloy protection tube y g " 
o. d., balance of couple 
being insulated. 

No. 269 

Scale— to 3000°F. 
Instrument — as above. 
Effective length of couple 
6", 8" or 12". 



Protection tube— Supertite porcelain V2" o. d. Length of leads from in- 
strument to end of thermocouple tube 5'. 

Where the application does not warrant a high priced pyrometer or automatic 
temperature control, we supply the Model 269-B with Chromel-Alumel 
thermocouple or the No. 269 with Platinum-Rhodium couple, or, if a still 
lower priced instrument is required, the No. 301. These instruments are 
manufactured for us especially by the Weston Electrical Instrument 
Corporation. 



No. 301 

Scale— to 2000°F. 

Instrument, chrome plated, 
3V2" diameter. 

Scale length— 2.36". 

Scale divisions — 50°. 

Thermocouple — Chromel- 
Alumel 5' long, 1' of which 
is beaded and fitted with a 
heat-resisting alloy protec- 
tion tube y 8 " o.d., balance of 
the couple being insulated. 

PAGE 170 





Automatic Temperature 
Control 

T17ITH the exception of experimental work and small tool 
room jobs where indicating pyrometers may suffice, auto- 
matic controls are today universally recommended, the type 
to be selected depending upon the degree of control required 
and application and whether a record is necessary. 

Millivoltmeter Control ^ 

Indicating millivoltmeter control with 6" scale is probably the 
cheapest automatic temperature control available. 

Potentiometer Control 

These controls are usually considerably more accurate than 
millivoltmeter controls. Most have a 12" scale and a scale 
range selected to give wide open divisions for close control. 

Proportioning Control 

With these instruments, the valve movement corresponds with 
the degree of correction required as compared with the two- 
position control where change in temperature results in the 
valves being opened or closed to predetermined positions which 
can be adjusted as desired. 

The Radiation Principle 

Ordinarily, a thermocouple is used in the furnace to indicate 
the temperature. For especially quick response and applica- 
tions where thermocouples will not stand up, the radiation 
principle is employed using a Thermopyle (number of extremely 
small thermocouples) outside of the furnace which sights on 
the work in the furnace or on the bottom of a tube extending 
into it. 



Any standard make can be supplied at current prices. 

PAGE 171 




Gauges 



"^"O furnace is really complete without gauges to check and 
*^ duplicate settings, especially manifold pressures. 

DIAL TYPE 

These gauges are finished in 
black with easy reading black 
numerals on a white face. 
They are sturdily made and are 
equipped with a built in snub- 
ber to take shocks caused by a 
sudden rise in pressure. With 
these dial type gauges, there is 
no need to refill with water. 

NO. DT-1 

0-15" water column pressure, 
3 W face. Used for reading mani- 
fold or gas line pressures. 

NO. DT-2 

0—60" water column pressure, 3*^" face. Used for reading air 
line pressures, etc., such as generally used on our standard 
Single Valve Ratio System. 

NO. DT-3 

0— 30" pounds, 2}4 ,f face. Used on high pressure gas systems. 




Tell-Tale Burner 

For convenience in setting the air-gas 
mixture, we furnish Burner Tip and a 
cock. 

This little unit is particularly desirable 

where it is difficult to observe the 

functioning of the burners and note the 

flame characteristics where the flame 

leaves the burner tunnel. By observing 

the flame characteristics at the base 

of the flame of this Tell-Tale Burner, 

the ratio cocks on our Single Valve 

Ratio Sets can be readily adjusted to give the desired flame 

characteristics and type of combustion. 




Page 172 





A. G. F. 

Control 
Valve 

For Use with 
Automatic 
Temperature 
Controllers 



These control valves are rugged, simple in construction and 
readily adjustable. 

No by -pass is required. 

They are supplied for controlling the air only on the assumption 
that the furnace is provided with a Single Valve Ratio Set for 
regulation of the air-gas ratio. 

The dial levers at the top fix the maximum and minimum travel 
of the valve stem and accordingly the input in the two positions. 

The valve itself is actuated through its diaphragm, the air supply 
to which is controlled by a small solenoid valve which is actuated 
by the temperature controller. These valves will operate with 
a single or 2 contact holding type instrument. The inter- 
mittent type may not be used. 

Capacity — 1" pipe size — 20 C.F.M. Air 

Capacity— 1 Vi" pipe size — 40 C.F.M. Air 

Capacity— 1 Vi" pipe size— 60 C.F.M. Air 

Fuel Input Throttle 

In addition, in many cases, these valves are provided with an 
Automatic Fuel Input Throttle. 

This device permits setting the furnace for maximum fuel 
input while coming up to temperature and then automatically 
reducing this maximum input to a predetermined smaller input 
after the furnace first attains operating temperature. 



Page 173 




Matchlet Furnace 
Cement 

■ ;OR general repairs Machlet Furnace Cement is recommended 
*• because of the ease with which it can be applied and the 
satisfactoriness of repairs made with it. 

It is an especially compounded asbestos-fire clay mixture and 
will withstand excessive temperature and bond firmly with the 
original fire brick lining. 

Another highly desirable characteristic of this cement is the 
fact that it does not shrink to any appreciable extent after it 
has been heated. 

It is supplied dry and should be thorougly mixed with water to 
the consistency of putty for application. When properly applied 
it holds fast, is highly refractory and has negligible shrinkage. 

We recommend that you keep a supply on hand at all times. 
It comes in 10, 25 and 100 pound bags. 

Instructions for Using 

1. The approximate amount of cement which is required for 
the repair should be placed on a board or flat surface for 
mixing. 

2. When shipped this cement is thoroughly mixed. If it does 
not appear to be uniform -in composition because of settling 
out of the various ingredients, it is advisable to mix while 
still dry. Water should then be added and mixing continued 
until the cement is slightly drier than putty. Mixing 
should be thorough for best results. 

3. Lining should be cold and clean before cement is applied. 

4. The surfaces where cement is to be applied should be thor- 
oughly wet down with a suitable brush. 

5. Where possible, undercuts should be provided to help hold 
the cement in place. 

6. Cement should be thoroughly rammed in. 

7. After the cement has been rammed in it should be wet 
down with a suitable brush with water. If a glaze is desired 
use borax water (approximately one tablespoonful dissolved 
in one pint of water). 

8. Dry slowly for as long as practical before applying heat and 
then increase the heat very gradually. 



PAGE 174 




Lighting Torches 

A good lighting torch is an essential for convenient lighting 
of gas furnaces. 

We are prepared to supply either of the styles shown below. 
The wire lighter with oil soaked asbestos rope tip is perfectly 
satisfactory for small furnaces. 

The premix lighting torch consisting of a No. 565-N flame 
retention alloy burner, i/ 8 " pipe of the desired length, rubber 
hose of the required length and a Venturi Mixer complete with 
cocks facilitates lighting fur- 



naces even under the most 
adverse conditions. 



€ 



-S65-M BURNER 



£pipe 



^F 



=Sfc 



/HOSE 



VENTURI MIXER- 



-2-or- 



t&^V 



ASBESTOS ROPE 




£air SUPPLY line- 

$ GAS SUPPLY LINE- 



I- 

S 



Cocks and Valves 

pOR the convenience of our customers we keep available a 
A stock of dependable standard cocks, globe valves and needle 
valves. These are the same as used on our standard single valve 
ratio sets. 

COCKS — Standard gas type for use on low pressure air lines. 
Full open in 90° position. 

GLOBE VALVES^Standard type for pressures up to 125 P.S.I. 

NEEDLE VALVES — An inexpensive valve with tapered metal 
to metal seat. For pressures up to 95 P.S.I. These are used 
on our S.V.R. Sets to adjust the ratio of gas to air when 
using higher B.T.U. gases and a finer adjustment is desired. 

Information on cocks and valves other than listed below may be 
had on request. 







Globe 


Needle 


Pipe Size 


Cock No. 


Valve No 


Valve No. 




CI 




Nl 
N2 


C2 


G2 


%" 


C3 


G3 


N3 


8" 


C4 


G4 


N4 


w 


C5 


G5 


N5 


i" 


C6 


G6 




iv 4 " 


C7 


G7 





1V2" 

2" 


C8 


G8 
G9 




C9 









Page 175 






: 




"Ni-Carb" ■— A process for surface 
hardening. 

Numbering Systems 

Functions of the alloying elements in medi- 
um and high carbon steel. 

Carburizing Data 

Hardness and Tensile 
Conversion Tables 

Temperature Conversion Table 

Data on Various Materials 

Conversion Factors 

Capacity of Pipes, Air and Gas 

Chart of Comparative Fuel Prices 

Heat Content of Various Materials 

Pressure Conversion Chart 

Heat Colors 

Temper Colors 

Number of Small Circles in a Larger Circle 

Suggested Small Shop Layout 

Suggestions for Auxiliary Equipment 

Map Showing Location of American Gas 
Furnace Co. 



i 

s 



r 



► 



c 
: 
c 

r 

r 

: 
■ 
: 
: 
c 
: 
: 
: 




] 



// 



Ni-Carb 



tr 



Pat. 1,995,314 & 2,188,266 

"^I-GARBING" is a surface hardening process originally 
developed by us in the early 1930's, which is a combination 
of nitriding and carburizing that produces a thin, hard case 
very quickly. 



The treatment is carried out in a gas atmosphere consisting 
essentially of a carbon-rich gas and ammonia. The exact 
mixture of gases, the temperature, the time cycle, etc., can be 
varied according to the surface requirements. These conditions 
will also be influenced by the composition of the steel, nature 
of the parts, etc. 

The actual treatment can be followed either by cooling in the 
treating gas atmosphere, or by a quench, depending upon the 
core properties required, full hardness of the case being obtained 
regardless of the method of cooling. 

The temperatures employed are, comparatively speaking, 
quite low. 

The process can be carried out in either rotary retort furnaces 
of the continuous or batch type or in full muffle reciprocating 
controlled atmosphere furnaces, belt conveyor furnaces with 
full muffle, etc. The choice of equipment will depend upon the 
nature of the work, production requirements and case depth. 

It has a number of advantages which may be briefly enumerated 
as follows : 

1. A hard surface which is highly resistant to corrosion and 
oxidation, whether the work is quenched or slow cooled. 



PAGE 177 



* 




"Ni-Carb" (Cont'd) 

Pat. 1,095,314 & 2,188,25b 

2. A hard surface which has what might be termed "tough 
hardness. n The case adheres very tightly to the core with 
practically no tendency towards exfoliation. 

3. Reduction in the amount of distortion, especially where 
parts are cooled in the treating gas atmosphere. 

4. This process can be used on practically any grade of steel, 
steel alloys, also on steel castings, some cast iron and malle- 
able iron. 

5. This is a gas process. It requires no bath such as cyanide 
or other salts with their attendant disadvantages. 

6. Uniformity of results. 

7. Results can be duplicated without danger or fear of ex- 
haustion of a bath. 

8. Low cost. 

«•* 

9. Work which has been "Mi-Garbed, 1 ' when polished, has the 
appearance of nickel or chrome plating (polished), but unlike 
nickel plating it is hard. Being a surface alloy, it does not 
flake off. 

10. When polished, such work can be given all the various 
temper colors such as straw, brown, blue, etc., by means of 
temper heats and still retain its original degree of hardness. 

11. Elimination of the washing which is necessary on cyanide 
hardened parts. It is particularly difficult to remove cyanide 
adhering to the threads of screws, bolts and nuts, blind holes, 
etc., which, if allowed to remain, causes corrosion. 



PAGE 178 




TABLE OF FUNCTIONS 
OF THE ELEMENTS 

Principal Effects in Medium or High Carbon Steel 









To Form 






To 




Carbides; 


To Form 


Alloy 


I ncrease 


To 


Decreasing 


Oxide Particles 


Element 


Harden- 


Strengthen 


Creep. 


to Restrain 




ability 


Ferrite 


Restraining 
Grain Growth 


Grain Growth 


Mn 


Strong 


Strong 


Mild 


Weak 


Si 


Moderate 


Strong 


No 


Moderate 


Cr 


Strong 


Moderate 


Moderate 


Weak 


Ni 


Moderate 


Strong 


No 


No 


Mo 


Moderate* 


Weak 


Strong 


Weak if any 


W 


Moderate* 


Weak 


Strong 


Weak if any 


V 


Mild* 


Weak 


V. strong 


Prob. strong 


Ti 


Weak 


Weak 


V. strong 


Prob. strong 


Co 


Weak 


Strong 


V. Weak 


No 


Al 


Moderate 


Strong 


No 


Strong 


Zr 


Prob, weak 


Weak 


Moderate 


Strong 


Cu 


Mild 


Moderate 


No 


No 



*These designations refer to the behavior in steels as usually heat-treated. 

It should be noted that Mo, W and V when actually dissolved in Austenite greatly 
increase hardenability. 

Reprinted by permission of the Carnegie-Illinois Steel Corp. 



A.I.S.I. NUMERICAL DESIGNATION 
OF GRADES 

The prefix letters indicate the method of steel manufacture 
as follows : 

A— Basic open hearth alloy steel. 

B — Acid Bessemer carbon steel. 

C—Basic open hearth carbon steel. 

C-B— Either acid Bessemer or basic open hearth carbon 
steel at the option of the manufacturer. 

D— Acid open hearth carbon steel. 

E — Electric furnace steels of both carbon and alloy types. 



PAGE 179 




A. I. S.I. Numerical Designation 
of Grades (Cont'd.) 

The last two digits are intended, as far as feasible, to indicate 
the approximate middle of the carbon range, i. e., 21 represents 
a range of 0. 18 to 0.23%. It is necessary to deviate from this rule 
and to interpolate numbers in the case of some carbon ranges 
and for variations in manganese, sulphur, chromium or other 
elements. The first two digits of the four numeral series for 
the various grades of alloy steel and their meaning is as follows : 

Series 
Designation Types and Classes 

lOxx Basic and acid open -hearth and acid Bessemer carbon 
steel grades, non -sulphurized and nonphosphorized. 

11 xx Basic open -hearth and acid Bessemer carbon steel 
grades, sulphurized but not phosphor ized. 

12xx Basic open -hearth carbon steel grades, phosphorized. 

13xx Manganese 1.60 to 1.90 per cent. 

23xx Nickel 3.50 per cent. 

25xx Nickel 5.00 per cent. 

31xx Nickel 1.25 per cent — Chromium 0.65 per cent. 

33xx Nickel 3.50 per cent — Chromium 1.55 percent. 

40xx Molybdenum. 

41xx Chromium-Molybdenum. 

43xx Nickel -chromium -molybdenum. 

46xx Nickel 1.65 per cent — Molybdenum 0.25 per.cent. 

48xx Nickel 3.25 per cent — Molybdenum 0.25 per cent. 

51 xx Medium chromium. 

52xxx Chromium, high-carbon. 

61xx Chromium-vanadium. 

Nickel 0.55 per cent — Chromium 0.50 per cent- 
Molybdenum 0.20 per cent. 

Nickel 0.55 per cent —Chromium 0.50 per cent — 
Molybdenum 0.25 per cent. 

92xx Manganese 0.80 per cent— Silicon 2.00 per cent. 

93xx Manganese 0.45 to 0.65 per cent —Nickel 3.00 to 3.50 
per cent — Chromium 1.20 per cent — Molybdenum 
0.11 per cent. 



86xx 



87x 



PAGE 180 



] 




A. I. S.I. Numerical Designation 
of Grades (Cont'd.) 



Series 

Designation Types and Classes 

94xx Manganese 0.95 to 1.15 per cent— Silicon 0.30 per cent 

— Nickel 0.45 percent — Chromium 0.40 per cent — 
Molybdenum 0.12 per cent. 

95xx Manganese 1.35 per cent — Silicon 0.50 per cent — 

Nickel 0.55 per cent— Chromium 0.50 per cent — 
Molybdenum 0.12 per cent. 

96xx Manganese 1.35 per cent — Silicon 0.50 per cent — 
Chromium 0.50 per cent.' 



97xx Manganese 0.65 per cent — Silicon 
Nickel 0.55 per cent — Molybdpmi™ n 7.\ 



98xx 



.30 per cent- 
lenum 0.20 per cent. 



Manganese 0.80 per cent — Silicon 0.30 per cent- 
Nickel 1.00 per cent — Chromium 0.80 per cent. 



Page 181 




Approx. Critical Temperatures 
of Various Steels 






STEEL 


AC, 


ACi 


ACi 


ARi 


ARi 


AR, 




Deg. F. 


Deg, F. 


Deg. F. 


Deg. F. 


Deg. F. 


Deg. F. 


C1010 


1350 


1405 


1605 


1570 


1400 


1255 


C1015 


1390 


1410 


1560 


1510 


1395 


1390 


CI 020 


1350 




1540 


1470 




1340 


C1022 


1360 




. 1530 


1440 




1300 


C1030 


1350 


1405 


1495 


1395 


1405 


1250 


C1040 


1340 




1445 


1350 




1250 


CI 050 


1340 




1420 


1320 




1250 


CI 060 


1355 




1400 


1300 




1250 


CI 080 


1350 




1370 


1285 




1250 


CI 095 


1350 




1365 


1320 




1265 


C1117 


1345 




1540 


1450 




1340 


C1118 


1330 


1420 


1515 


1385 


1370 


1175 


C1141 


1310 




1400 


1340 




1210 


A1330 


1325 




1480 


1340 




1160 


A1340 


1340 




1420 


1195 




1160 


A1350 


1310 




1400 


1255 




1105 


A2317 


1300 


1350 


1440 


1350 


1260 


1100 


A2330 


1280 




1360 


1355 




910 


A2340 


1280 




1360 


1180 




1060 


A2515 


1250 


1335 


1420 


1220 


1140 


825 


A3115 


1355 


1400 


1500 


1470 


1380 


1240 


A3 135 


1340 




1445 


1300 




1220 


A3 140 


1360 


1420 


1265 






1200 


A3 150 


1355 




1380 


1275 




1215 


A3240 


1335 




1425 


1280 




1240 


A4032 


1360 




1500 


1400 




1230 


A4042 


1320 




1410 


1340 




1210 


A4047 


1310 




1400 


1320 




1200 


A4063 


1405 




1460 


1325 




1270 


A4068 


1360 




1390 


1220 




1190 


A4130 


1400 


1435 


1510 


1400 


* 1395 


1305 


A4140 


1395 




1450 


1330 




1280 


A4150 


1390 




1450 


1290 




1245 


A4340 


1350 




1415 


890 




720 


A4615 


1335 


1400 


1485 


1400 


1320 


1200 


A4640 


1325 




1400 


1220 




275 


A5140 


1370 




1440 


1345 




1280 


A5150 


1330 




1420 


1280 




1220 


E52100 


1340 




1415 


1315 




1280 


A6120 


1410 


1460 


1545 


1440 


1380 


1300 


A6145 


1390 




1450 


1375 




1290 


A6152 


1395 




1445 


1315 




1290 


NE8620 


1340 




1530 


1415 




1270 


NE8630 


1365 




1465 


1335 




1205 


A8720 


1380 




1520 


1400 




1200 


A8740 


1370 




1435 


1265 




1160 


A8750 


1325 




1390 


1230 




910 


A9255 


1410 




1480 


1330 




1273 


A9261 


1440 




1490 


1345 




1318 


E9310 


1350 




1480 


1210 




810 


NE9420 


1340 




1510 


1390 




1270 


NE9430 


1360 




1430 


1240 




1190 


A9440 


1360 




1450 


1290 




1215 


NE9450 


1365 




1430 


1245 




1225 


NE9540 


1360 




1450 


1320 




1200 


A9763 


1335 




1400 


1250 




1220 


A9840 


1370 




1430 


1260 




770 


A9850 


1355 




1420 


860 




750 



The majority of the data above has been taken from the A.S.M. 1939 Hand- 
book, other from various sources. 



PAGE 182 




The ABC of Stainless Steel 



x.2 



w o r 

— u « 

t", ** *• 

- - = 

If 5 



I! 



H t| 
Sjj 

it 

hi- 

s-g; 
Sj8 

Si c 

ill 

O '«) 

8 ° 1 
«Sc 

111 

* u « 

is 8 d 

■ail 

9£ ■ 

li 



5 



w C 
u CO 



£ c h c 1 



^=^ 









S* o!2 i 
as 

u O C 



S§1ifc J! 

o s _ *-> - tn 



5 « c w « 



M 8 £55 



< EZh Ui 



QU 



j si i ^ 

8-8623321 



a. 
E 



.Is 



CQ CQ 






o a 



.ȣt!ut!u 
§■35" 2 «£J « 

v ° 8s « i ti £ 













3 P n « 



111 



' fe S3 






a co ( 



I I 



J« w - U 






It 

C 3 ctf 
rt « O « 

OSha£ 



i 3 <u^ « 



£ 5 



<(3M6202 u! 



§ 8 



PQ-Q 



o-S 



tl 



2 £ (2 



■ .s'Li 
lllll 



lj 






X 

o 8 ■ £ 3 S-i. 



Page 183 




i*o 






























ISO 
























































llll" 


HO 
























s 


b 






















f 


S 


























s 










~:e":: 


















/ 












*~ 
















s 
















SO 












s 
















--^*z! 












s 








s 








: ? __ 












s 








y 








-E 


70 








s 








s 








' 














s 






* 














Z*'"~ 


uu 






X 






* 














>: 


50 




^ 




*■ 


X 




/> 










■*- 








,s 




s 




^ 




















^ 


s 


y 


















































^ 




^ ^ 


S \ 


























2.5 

2.0 

15 

to 






























' ^ 




























S / 




























y ^ 




























sf 





























2 3 4- 5 6 7 8 9 10 1^ 14 16 16 ZO 

CARBURIZING TIME -HOURS 



Relation of Time to Case Depth in 
Carburizing 

The logarithmic chart above has been prepared from the data by 
R. W. Schlumpf, appearing^in the 1939 edition of the Metals 
Handbook. The values for all practical purposes correspond 
with those given in Mr. Schlumpf's curves for the relation of 
time and temperature to carbon penetration, figures for his 
curves being taken from test runs in a production vertical, 
stationary type gas carburizer using natural gas (95-98% 
methane), S.A.E. steel 3115. 

Quoting further from the handbook : 

"In the gas carburizing process the factor of surface gas-metal 
equilibria can be more easily manipulated by varying the gas 
flow rate, introduction of diluents, interruption of gas flow, and 
variation of chamber pressure, than by varying the temperature, 
due to the effect of the latter on gaseous equilibria. In the 
CH 4 ^^ C + 2H? system the active carburizer (CHj becomes less 
stable as the temperature increases while in the 2CO "7"** C 4- CO2 
system the active carburizer (CO) becomes more stable with 
increasing temperatures/ ' 

Page 184 




Selective Carburization of Steels 

To retain surface portions after hardening, for machinability, 
straightening or increased toughness, as on threads, selective 
carburizing is practiced. 

While it can be carried out in various ways, such as (1) electro- 
plating, either (la) stopping off the electro deposit where car- 
burizing is desired, or (lb) machining off the copper plate from 
those surfaces to be carburized after electroplating, (2) by using 
copper forms to protect certain areas as on shafts, tubes, etc., 
or (3) by using protective coatings, the most positive method of 
selective carburizing is (4) to provide excess stock at the surface 
portions which it is desired to keep soft. 

Excess stock is left on the work as shown in the several accom- 
panying illustrations, and after carburizing the work is slow 
cooled. The excess stock is then machined off below the case 
which will remain soft after the hardening treatment. 

This method is especially applicable and reliable where threads 
or sharp corners are to be left soft. 





ALL OyV. O/S 7V.0ZO 



Page 185 




Hardness and Tensile Conversion 
Table 

Approximate relations of hardness and tensile for SAE carbon and alloy con- 
structional steels. 



BR I NELL - 


ROCKWELL— 










C 


B 






Dia. in 




1 50 kg. load 


100 kg. 


Shore 


Tensile 


mm., 3000 




120° 


load 


Sclero- 


Strength 
1000 


kg. load 


Hardness 


Diamond 


Vie in. dia. 


scope 


10 mm. ball 


No. 


Cone 


ball 


No. 


PSL 


2.20 


780 


70 




106 


384 


2 25 


745 


68 




100 


3 08 


2.30 


712 


66 




95 


352 


2.35 


682 


64 




01 


337 


2.40 


653 


62 




87 


324 


2.45 


627 


60 




84 


311 


2.50 


601 


58 




81 


29* 


IM 


578 


57 




78 


287 


2.60 


555 


55 


120 


75 


27b 


2.65 


534 


53 


119 


72 


2b b 


2.70 


514 


52 


119 


70 


2 5b 


2.75 


495 


50 


117 


67 


247 


2.80 


477 


40 


117 


05 


238 


2.85 


461 


47 


lib 


3 


229 


2.90 


444 


46 


in 


01 


220 


2.95 


420 


45 


113 


59 


212 


3.00 


415 


44 


114 


57 


204 


3.05 


401 


42 


in 


55 


196 


3.10 


388 


41 


112 


54 


189 


3.15 


375 


40 


112 


52 


182 


3.20 


363 


38 


110 


51 


17 b 


3.25 


352 


37 


110 


40 


170 


3.30 


341 


3r> 


109 


48 


165 


3.35 


331 


3 5 


109 


40 


160 


3.40 


321 


34 


108 


45 


IS 5 


3.45 


311 


33 


108 


44 


150 


3.50 


302 


32"' 


107 


43 


146 


3.55 


293 


31 


106 


42 


142 


3.60 


285 


30 


10$ 


40 


158 


3.65 


277 


29 


104 


39 


134 


3.70 


260 


28 


104 


38 ■ 


151 


3.75 


262 


2o 


103 


37 


128 


3.80 


255 


25 


102 


37 


125 


3.85 


248 


24 


102 


36 


122 


3.90 


241 


23 


100 


35 


119 


3.95 


235 


22 


99 


34 


116 


4.00 


229 


21 


98 


33 


113 


4.05 


223 


20 


07 


32 


110 


4.10 


217 


IS 


% 


31 


107 


4.15 


212 


17 


06 


31 


104 


4.20 


207 


lb 


5 


30 


101 


4.25 


202 


IS 


04 


30 


99 


4.30 


197 


n 


03 


2^ 


97 


4.35 


192 


12 


02 


2H 


9S 


4.40 


187 


10 


01 


28 


91 


4.45 


183 


9 


00 


27 


91 


4.50 


170 


3 


89 


27 


89 


4.55 


174 


7 


88 


20 


87 


4.60 


170 


6 


87 


2o 


85 


4.65 


1 66 


4 


80 


2 5 


83 


4.70 


163 


3 


85 


25 


82 


Figures in italics are an 


approximation and 


are to be used only as 


a guide. 


D AGE 186 














Temperature Conversion Table 

For Temp. Scale Conversion 





C° = 5/9 (F° — 32) 


F° = 


c 


F 


C 


F 





32 


550 


1022 


10 


50 


560 


1040 


20 


68 


570 


1058 


30 


86 


580 


1076 


40 


104 


590 


1094 


50 


122 


600 


1112 


60 


140 


610 


1130 


70 


158 


620 


1148 


80 


17b 


630 


1166 


90 


194 


640 


J.184 


100 


212 


650 


1202 


110 


230 


660 


1220 


120 


248 


670 


1238 


130 


266 


680 


1256 


140 


284 


690 


1274 


150 


302 


700 


1292 


160 


320 


710 


1310 


170 


338 


720 


1328 


180 


356 


730 


1346 


190 


374 


740 


1364 


200 


392 


750 


1382 


210 


410 


760 


1400 


220 


428 


770 


1418 


230 


446 


780 


1436 


240 


464 


790 


1454 


250 


482 


800 


1472 


260 


500 


810 


1490 


270 


518 


820 


1508 


280 


536 


830 


1526 


290 


554 


840 


1544 


300 


572 


850 


1562 


310 


590 


860 


1580 


320 


608 


870 


1598 


330 


626 


880 


1616 


340 


644 


890 


1634 


350 


662 


900 


1652 


360 


680 


910 


1670 


370 


698 


920 


1688 


380 


716 


930 


1706 


390 


734 


940 


1724 


400 


752 


950 


1742 


410 


770 


960 


1760 


420 


788 


070 


1778 


430 


806 


080 


1796 


440 


824 


900 


1814 


450 


842 


1000 


1832 


460 


860 


1010 


1850 


470 


878 


1020 


1868 


480 


896 


1030 


1886 


490 


914 


1040 


1904 


SOU 


932 


1050 


1922 


510 


950 


1060 


1940 


520 


968 


1070 


1958 


530 


986 


1080 


1976 


540 


1004 | 


1090 


1994 



1100 


2012 


1110 


2030 


1120 


2048 


1130 


2066 


1140 


2084 


1150 


2102 


1160 


2120 


1170 


2138 


1180 


2156 


1190 


2174 


1200 


2192 


1210 


2210 


1220 


2228 


1230 


2246 


1240 


2264 


1250 


2282 


1260 


2300 


1270 


2318 


1280 


2336 


1290 


2354 


1300 


2372 


1310 


2390 


1320 


2408 


1330 


2426 


1340 


2444 


1350 


2462 


1360 


2480 


1370 


2498 


1380 


2516 


1390 


2534 


1400 


2552 


1410 


2570 


1420 


2588 


1430 


2606 


1440 


2624 


1450 


2642 


1460 


2660 


1470 


2678 


1480 


2696 


1490 


2714 


1500 


2732 


1510 


2750 


1520 


2768 


1530 


2786 


1540 


2804 


1550 


2822 


1560 


2840 


1570 


2858 


1580 


2876 


1590 


2894 


1600 


2912 


1610 


2930 


1620 


2948 


1630 


2966 


1640 


2984 


1650 


3002 




Page 187 




Capacity of Pipes, Air and Gas 

Gas Capacity in Cu. Ft. Hr. of Pipe of Different Diameters and 
Different Lengths. Spec. Gr. .6 — Pressure Drop .2". 

SIZE OF PIPE 



Length of 
















Pipe, Feet 


K" 


1" 


IM" 


IM" 


2" 


3" 


4" 


15 


168 


350 


620 


960 


2000 


5400 


11200 


30 


120 


245 


430 


680 


1400 


3800 


7900 


45 


98 


200 


355 


530 


1150 


3200 


6500 


60 


84 


175 


310 


480 


1000 


2700 


5600 


75 


76 


155 


275 


430 


890 


2450 


5000 


90 


70 


145 


250 


395 


810 " 


2260 


4550 


105 


64 


132 


232 


370 


750 


2100 


4200 


120 


60 


125 


215 


340 


700 


1950 


4000 


150 


54 


110 


195 


310 


630 


1750 


3550 


180 


49 


100 


175 


280 


570 


1600 


3200 


210 


44 


94 


165 


260 


530 


1450 


3000 


240 


43 


88 


155 


240 


500 


1350 


2800 


270 


40 


83 


145 


230 


470 


1300 


2650 


300 


38 


79 


138 


215 


440 


1250 


2500 


450 


31 


64 


112 


176 


360 


1000 


2050 


600 


27 


56 


97 


152 


315 


860 


1750 



Air Capacity in C. F. M. of Various Dia. 
Lengths. Pressure Drop 3" Water Column. 
SIZE OF PIPE 



Pipes and Various 



Length 
in Feet 
















1" 


IK" 


1M" 


2" 


IW 


3 u 


4" 


60 


7.5 


15 


23 


43 


66 


125 


260 


80 


6.5 


13 


20 


37 


60 


109 


226 


100 


6 


12 


19 * 


34 


56 


100 


208 


125 


5.5 


11 


17' 


31 


50 


90 


187 


150 


5 


10 


15 


28 


46 


82 


170 


175 


4.5 


9.3 


14 


26 


42 


75 


156 


200 


4.3 


8.6 


12 


24 


40 


70 


145 


300 


3.4 


7 


11 


20 


32 


57' 


117 


400 


2.9 


6.1 


9.3 


17 


28 


49 


101 


500 


2.6 


5.4 


8.3 


15 


25 


44 


90 


600 


2.3 


4.9 


7.3 


14 


23 


39 


81 



Length in Feet of Standard Pipe to Allow for Various Screw 
Fittings. 







Long Ell 
or Run 


RecTg. 
Coup. }£" 


Std. Ell 


Tee 




Pipe 


Gate 


or W' 


Through 


Globe 


Size 


Valve 


of Tee 


Redn. 


Red'n. 


Side Outlet 


Valve 


* 


.031 


.41 


.52 


.84 


1.66 


2.5 


.044 


.57 


.73 


1.17 


2.33 


3.5 


1 


.057 


.77 


.98 


1.57 


3.11 


4.68 


1V4 

IV2 


.082 


1.07 


1.37 


2.19 


4.35 


6.54 


.098 


1.29 


1.64 


2.63 


5.21 


7.84 


2 


1.320 


1.74 


2.23 


3.55 


7.05 


10.6 


3 


2.130 


2.81 


3.59 


5.72 


11.4 


17.08 



PAGE 188 




Data on Various Materials 



Material 



Aluminum 2.6 

Brass 8.4 

Bronze 8.8 

Copper 8.9 

Cast Iron 7.2 

Lead 11.4 

Steel 7.8 

Tin 7.3 

Zinc 7.1 

Gold 19.3 

Silver 10.5 

Fire Clay 1.9 

Glass 2.6 

Oil .8 
Insulating Refractory 

(Med. Grade) I .97 



Sp. Gr. 



Wt. per Cu. 
In. Lbs. 



.095 
.303 
.32 

.32 
.26 

.41 

.28 

.2b 

.2b 

.70 

.38 

.069 

.094 

.028 

.035 



Melting 
Point °F. 



1225 
1700 
1675 

1980 

2300 

620 

2500 

450 

785 

1945 

1761 

3000 

1200 



2600 



Spec. Heat 

Approx, 



.23 

.095 

.09 

.1 

.15 

.031 

.117 

.054 

!032 

.057 

.3 

.194 

.4 



(Note: These figures are approximate only and are not intended for very 
exact calculations.) 



Conversion Factors 



Atmosphere = 760 mm. Mercury 

Atmosphere = 14 7 lbs. per sq. in. 

B. t. u. = 252 Large Calories 

B. t. u. = 778 Foot Pounds 

B. t, u. = .298 Watt Hours 

B. t. u. per cu. ft. = 8.90 Calories 

(large) per cu. meter 

B. t. u. per pound =556 Calories 

per kilogram 

Calorie (large) = 3 A>7 B. t. u. 

Calorie (large) =4180 Joules 

Centimeter =.394 Inches 

Cu. Centimeter = .0610 cu. inches 

Cu. Foot= .0283 cu. meters 

Cu. Foot = 7.48 gallons 

Cu. !nch= 16.4 cu. centimeters 

Cu. Meter =35.3 cu. feet 

Cu. Meter= 1.307 cu. yards 

Cu. Yard = .765 cu. meters 

Foot = .3048 meters 

Foot Pounds = 1 .356 Joules 

Foot Pound = .00129 B. t. u. 

Gallon = 4. 546 litres 

Gallon =,134 cu. feet 

Grain = .0648 grams 

Gram = 1 5.44 grains 

Gram= .002205 pounds avoir. 

Horsepower = .707 B. t. u. per Sec. 

Horsepower = . 1 78 Calories per 

Sec. 

Horsepower = .746 Kilowatts 

Inch = 2,54 centimeters 

Inch Mercury = 13,6" water 

Inch Mercury = .490 lb. per sq. in. 

Inch Water=.0735 in. mercury 

Inch Water = .0360 lb, per sq. in. 



1 Joule =.738 foot pounds 

1 Joule =.0002 3 9 calories 

1 Kilogram = 2,205 pounds 

1 Kilo, per sq. Cm. = 14.22 lbs. 

per sq. in. 
1 Kilo, per sq. Meter=,205 lbs. 

per sq. ft. 
I Kilometer = .6214 miles 
1 Kilowatt = .949 B. t. u. per sec. 
1 Kilowatt = .239 Calories per sec. 
1 Kilowatt = 738 ft. lbs. per sec. 
1 Kilowatt = 1,341 Horsepower 
1 Litre=0353 cu. ft. 
I Litre = .220 gallons 
1 Meter =3.281 feet 
1 Meter =39.37 inches 
1 Meter = 1 .094 yards 
1 Mile = 1 .609 Kilometers 
1 Mile per Hr.= 1.467 ft. per sec. 
1 Millimeter =.03937 inches 
1 Ounce (avoir.) =28.35 grams 
I Ounce (troy) =31 .09 grams 
1 Pound (avoir) = .454 Kilograms 
1 Lb. Der Sq. Ft. = 4.88 Kilos per 

sq. Meter 
1 Quart = 1.136 litres 
1 Radian = 57.3 degrees 
1 Sq. Cm. = .155 sq. in. 
1 Sq. In. = 6.45 sq. cm. 
1 Sq. Ft. = .093 sq. meters 
1 Sq. Meter = 10.76 sq. ft. 
1 Sq , Meter = 1 . 1 96 sq . yds. 
1 Ton (2000 Lbs.) = 101 5.6 kilos 
I Watt Hour=3.415 B. t. u. 
1 Yard = .91 44 meters. 



Page 1 89 



8 Ess 

ui^ 






di^ 

op 



II 












ooooooooo 



§gg 



5 O ^H -H ^H ^H ^ -H -H - 



- — ooooooo 



- KM W^OO 

OOOOOOOOOO-h-h 

ooooooooooo© 



r^rs.f^tsr^Gor^ao^^fO^ 



oooooooooooo 



6^ 



oooooooooooo 
oooooooooooo 



s£ 



5*3 



s >> 



"J -» 

■'■ & 

•J "-> 



m 

U W t„ 



8 ^ 

w o 

0^ g 

^ c' <u 
o c (- 

iS « « 

»&§ 

S S c 

■5-5:2 

w « y 

'u « 

C « <U 

« M c 

'5 . o 
^§2 >> 



u v « 
a-£ 
c u 

5 *jy 

<« 2 _ 

Sot® 
■2-0 3 

u r C7 
CO v ft> 

> c S 

*■> .— w 

< u^ 

s^ 

.2 —CO 
gag 



< 
E 

CQ 

< 

< 



uj 



-J ■> 



«"S 


~* ff' » * <*s 

IO tJ« Tf t* rj< tJ- 


<s 


OIOOOOO 
tnOOOlflN 


a 


000000 

000000 
000000 

^H — ( (S <S C* (S 


o^pj 


m Tf _ on yo rf 
*£n£> * lO ift 10 


<fe 


000000 
» t>, ■* -1 ^ r-> 

^ c r «c ic 1/; 


d 
£ 


fa 

000000 

000000 
00000c 

(N (^ *f uj ^CN 


l"2 


00 ^ ** ^ 00 


« 


oomooo 

OOOOtNtsKtV 


a 
£ 


000000 
000000 

000000 



PAGE 190 




CHART OF COMPARATIVE FUEL PRICES 




Electric energy, cents Per KWH. 
Coal, Dollars per ton (2000 lbs.) 



Unit Prices. 

Gases, Cents per 1000 cu. ft. 

Oil and Butane, cents Per gal. 

ILLUSTRATIVE USE OF CHART 

To find the equivalent cost of electric energy at 90% efficiency compared 

with fuel oil at 10c per gal. and 30% efficiency. From the intersection of the 

Price line and the fuel line follow left to the oil efficiency (30%) then follow the 

diagonal guide lines to the efficiency of the electric energy (90%) from there 

follow the horizontal guide lines to the intersection of the line for electric 

energy reading the equivalent price (.75c), on the top or bottom scale. 

Courtesy of W. S. Rockwell Co. 



Page t 91 




HEAT CONTENT OF VARIOUS METALS 



2 
D 

O 

s i 

lii 

a. 

i?i 

CD f 

El 

O 
O 









2 




^ ! -ZT 




t L 




^ : ^ 




' ; -■ 




Z -^ r 




2L ^ 2 




- r *T A 




™\L * J~ 




■ - z \J2 




' ' 4±£S ' 




L^Z s%* 




z ^Z^' 




->'Vt?^ 








_f~ / ^j 




/ 7* ^iZt 




<$Z^-*' -/ -i 




J P^/ 2 




.fe^v ^^ 




$tt£sz **£* 




$%$ y^jct* 




/--/.^'LS ^'' ^Lfc^. -._ 








- v-^d^-*-"'" 




_ 2^4^ -t6N^, --- 








y>2 J n 3 " 


L 


je^r-tii 11 1 [ 1 1 1 1 MM 1 M 1 MM 



500 1000 I50O 2000 2500 

TEMPERATURE-DEGREES R 



3000 



Heat Colors 

Faint Red 930° F. 

Blood Red „ 1075° F. 

Dark Cherry 1175° F. 

Medium Cherry 1275° F. 

Cherry 1375° F. 

Bright Cherry ... 1450° F. 

Salmon . 1550° F. 

Dark Orange 1634° F. 

Orange. 1725° F. 

Lemon 1830° F. 

Light Yellow 1975° F. 

White 2200° F. 

Bluish White 2350° F. 



Temper Colors 

Lemon Yellow 430° F. 

Light Straw 458° F. 

Dark Straw 478° F. 

Purple (Reddish). . . . .523° F. 

Purple (Bluish) 551° F. 

Blue 572° F. 

Gray Blue 603° F, 

Greenish Blue 627° F. 

Gray 700° F. 



Pressure Conversion Chart-^ 



u 



'It 



: 



L 



page 192 




Table of Circles that Can be Inscribed within 
an Enclosing Circle 

From the table below the number of circles of a given diameter that can be 
inscribed in a larger circle of known diameter, can be found. 




N = number of inscribed circles. 
R = ratio 



diameter of large circle 
diameter of small circle 



D 

d 



Examples: How many wires, V 2 inch in diameter, 
can be placed inside a pipe, 5 inches in diameter? 
R = 5^i/ 2 = 10, and finding the value nearest to 
this number in the columns of R in the table, N = 76 
is determined by interpolation. 

Approximate Formulas : 





N = 0.907 I 0.94 


J +3.7 




R = 


0.94 + ^ 


jN-3.7 
V 0.907 


N 


R 


N 


R 


N 


R 


N 


R 


N 


R 


2 
3 
4 
5 


2.00 


34 


6.76 


130 


12.80 


290 


18.75 


600 


26.65 


2.15 


35 


6.86 


135 


13.06 


295 


18.90 


610 


26,86 


2.41 


36 


7.00 


140 


13.26 


300 


19.05 


620 


27.07 


2.70 


37 


7.00 


145 


13.49 


310 


19.35 


630 


27.28 


6 

7 


3.00 


38 


7.08 


150 


13.72 


320 


19.65 


640 


27.49 


3.00 


39 


7.18 


155 


13.95 


330 


19.94 


650 


27 70 


8 


3.31 


40 


7.31 


160 


14.17 


340 


20.23 


660 


27.91 


§ 


3.61 


41 


7.39 


165 


14.39 


350 


20.52 


670 


28.12 


10 


3.80 


42 


7.43 


170 


14.60 


360 


20.81 


680 


28.33 




3.92 


43 


7.61 


175 


14.81 


370 


21.09 


690 


28 74 


12 


4.05 


44 


7.70 


180 


15.01 


380 


21.36 


700 


28.75 


13 


4.23 


45 


7.72 


185 


15.20 


390 


21.63 


720 


29.14 


14 


4.41 


46 


7.81 


190 


15.39 


400 


21.90 


740 


29 52 


15 


4.55 


47 


7.92 


195 


15.57 


410 


22.17 


760 


29 90 


16 
17 


4.70 


48 


8.00 


200 


15.75 


420 


22.44 


780 


30.28 


4.86 


49 


8.03 


205 


15.93 


430 


22.70 


800 


30.65 


18 
19 


5.00 


50 


8.13 


210 


16.11 


440 


22.96 


820 


31.02 


5.00 


55 


8.21 


215 


16.29 


450 


23.21 


840 


31.39 


20 
21 


5.18 


60 


8.94 


220 


16.46 


460 


23.47 


860 


31 75 


5.31 


65 


9.25 


225 


16.63 


470 


23.72 


880 


32.11 


22 
23 
24 
25 


5.49 


70 


9.61 


230 


16.80 


480 


23.97 


900 


32.46 


5.61 


75 


9.93 


235 


16.97 


490 


24.21 


920 


32.80 


5.72 


80 


10.20 


240 


17.14 


500 


24.45 


940 


33.14 


5.81 


85 


10.46 


245 


17.30 


510 


24.68 


960 


33.48 


26 

27 
28 
29 


5.92 i 


90 


10.73 


250 


17.46 


520 


24.91 


980 


33.82 


6.00 


95 


11.15 


255 


17.63 


530 


25.13 


1000 


34.15 


6.13 


100 


11.34 


260 


17.79 


540 


25.35 


1100 


35.75 


6.23 


105 


11.60 


265 


17.95 


550 


25.57 


1200 


37.30 


30 
31 


6.40 


110 


11.85 


270 


18.11 


560 


25.79 


1300 


38.80 


6.44 


115 


12.10 


275 


18.27 


570 


26.01 


1 400 


40.20 


32 


6.55 


120 


12.34 


280 


18.43 


580 


26.23 


1500 


41.60 


33 


6.70 


125 


12.57 


285 


18.59 


590 


26.44 


1600 


42.95 



Courtesy of Machinery Handbook 

Page 193 




k/l 














4) — 

•o * . 

3£2* 

« ax 4) 
§ c W U 

■"•■3JB C 
-QJ5 £ 

*2 5 ft 4- 



5 « C 

2 W A I 

X o & w 

4> — £ 

4J"i i? 4) 






.P* 



C ci y 
^ c. ■ s 

w u e c 

1*8 jl 

l*2 Pi 4> Cfl 

» S*2 D, 
O ■ « a) 
a) ** JX <h 

1 -3 o«2 

3 « « « ■»-> 

O 5 •3 4) 

Co*""* § 



« C „ 4) 

8*£ 
.SJ^ft? 01 

O £ 4) 
U o 

• 3 £-2 

U-M-, ft) (A 



3 



8 ■ 

3 



' « c 

^*0 o ft) g 

jsi'S-Sg 

2^ as C c 
C o ro 8 C 

.tj3.S- 

ts. 4) > w efl 







.- *- 






J x a 






is 

o c 

4)"3 — 
2 c 3 a) 

• s s *« 

~> ~ (6 ft) 
JD*j « g 

II i.1 



§« 



* 4) 

II 

1." 

x* 

•3 

x 3 

"1 

°5 



03 . >> 
U_>> w ffl 

_v.»3 4)"" 

ill? 

*5 «o 3 



X~ * « 

« Cj. 2 
— a 5 y 

■ £ "-g2 

» at *< 

o v.— o 

3 5 £-3 

C * «- 

M C *- 

t« t- h 

• « 4) 3 

00 ^ — — 



goye 

4)vX C 

C v 3 
- C C £ 



w-3 C C 

« w S rt 

3-fj3T 



« u i - 
£o w ^ 



J Sc 






3 C 



■So. 



ill i 

£i w flo «-* • 
4) OX . «J 

||«„ 

o o **9 



5^! o 



5; d 
j c -X w 



JS2 

o 
•X 



S,£. 8)1+4 

C *j at « *j 
0,"O c u 3 



Si 

x a 

• a 



•0 

■8..-.S 

pa 

C o o 

'3 °^ 

!> 4) C 

2°; 

C « 
X a) 4) 

«*° fe 

-C. 

S'3^ 



4) ft> k 
^xo 

p ^ I 
• eSfflfc . g S 



PAGE 194 




Suggestions 

for Auxiliary Equipment 

1. Quenching Tanks are essential and we would suggest at least three of 
them which may be from 18" to 24" in diameter by about 24" deep. 

Suitable tanks can be obtained from practically any hardware store. If 
not, a sheet metal worker or plumber can make them. 

It is usually desired to use one tank each for quenching oil, water and brine. 
Mesh wire baskets for these tanks facilitate recovery of the pieces in case 
they are dropped. 

2. Indicating Pyrometers. For accurate hardening, temperature indica- 
ting instruments are essential. 

3. Annealing Box. For slow cooling (annealing), a box, preferably of metal 
a foot to a foot and a half square by 8" to J©" deep filled with lime, should 
be available. 

4. Vise. A sturdy vise mounted on the work bench is convenient for 
bending and forming parts. If it is used for breaking samples, every pre- 
caution should be taken that the end which is broken off and chips do not 
injure anyone in the vicinity. A box especially fitted for breaking samples 
is preferable. 

5. Carburizing Boxes. Several small carburizing boxes with covers, prefer- 
ably of heat-resisting alloy, should be available for carburizing, pack an- 
nealing, etc., These boxes usually need not exceed about 6" x 8" x 2*/ 2 " deep. 
If boxes with short legs or lugs to serve as legs are used, more rapid and uni- 
form heating of them and their contents is obtained because the heat will 
penetrate from the bottom as well as the top and sides. 

6. Thermometer for Quenching Oil. Especially in hardening light springs, 
etc., the quenching oil should be hot if distortion and warping is to be held 
to a minimum. A mercury thermometer permits checking the temperature 
of the coolant. 

7. Blowpipe. A No. 1 Hand Blowpipe at the work bench is convenient for 
local annealing and tempering and for many other requirements too numerous 
to mention. 

8. Tongs. A complete set of straight and angle tongs of light weight are 
essential. If heavy tongs are used for handling light work the work is cooled 
at the places where the tongs contact and ununiform quenching with un- 
satisfactory hardness results. 

9. Spare Pots. Spare pots for both the Oil Tempering Furnace and the 
Lead Hardening Furnace are recommended so that if desired salt may be used 
as the tempering medium, and the Lead Hardening Furnace may be used for 
salt bath hardening, cyanide casehardening, etc. 

10. Files. Several coarse files and /or a block of emery or carborundum 
should be provided for polishing chisels, etc., to observe the temper colors 
when such work is tempered after hardening. 

1. Anvil. A small anvil is essential for forging work. 

12. Fire Clay. A small supply of our Machlet Furnace Cement should be 
available at all times for patching and repair work, also for use on special jobs. 
It is quite effective for stopping off the case when it is desired to locally 

carburize. 

13. Torch. For lighting furnaces, a torch may be readily made from a 
piece of stiff wire, one end of which is coiled about a piece of asbestos. A 
torch fifteen to eighteen inches in length is ample for small furnaces. This 
torch should be dipped in oil and may then be lighted with a match. 

PRECAUTIONS. If by any chance a saltpeter (potassium nitrate) bath is 
provided for blackening, extreme care must be taken that cyanide does not 
come in contact with it when hot as an explosion will occur. 

Be certain that all work is absolutely dry before placing it in a cyanide, salt 
or lead bath as violent spattering will occur and the operator may be seriously 
burned. 



PAGE 195 




Furnace Lighting Instructions 

(Air-Gas System) 

OUR equipment is usually supplied to use air at approxi- 
mately one pound pressure which is passed through the 
Venturi Mixer entraining the proper amount of gas. A Zero 
Governor may or may not be used to provide one valve regulation. 

In general, the following steps should be observed when lighting 
furnaces : 






1. Open all doors and observation holes. 

2. Keeping gas valve shut, open air cock wide for two minutes 
or more to purge the chamber completely, 

3. Close down air cock until one -quarter or one -half open. 
If furnace is equipped with manifold pressure gauge, air 
should be turned down to a pressure of 1 x /£* water column 
for city gas and approximately %" for natural, bottled, or 
other slow burning gases. 

4. Insert lighting torch in front of burners and turn on gas 
until ignition takes place. Adjust gas valve for proper 
combustion. 

5. If using rapid burning gases, such as city gas, maximum 
input may now be set as desired. If using natural or slow 
burning gases, first allow burner tunnels to become thor- 
oughly heated, otherwise flame will blow off the burner. 

RULE OF THUMB 



When lighting open air cock first. 
When shutting -off close gas valve first. 



PRECAUTION 

When first lighting up new furnaces, especially ones containing 
alloy parts, special care should be taken to heat up very slowly, 
This will prevent undue strains from being set up and will give 
longer life to the parts. Manifold pressure during operation 
should never fall below V2" to %" water column, else back- 
firing will result. 

Page 196 



] 
] 
] 
] 
] 
] 
] 

i 
] 

3 
1 
] 

:i 






i 



pj£) 3/jo| <na\[ tuoafsajttu 5,7 Xftia ajn a^ 



y x 



o-tf c 





©^ 




NEWARK 




Why not visit us when in this vicinity.